Theben en Catalog 2010

english
Catalogue
2010/2011
SYSTEMS FOR
TIME, LIGHT, CLIMATE
We reserve the right to make technical modifications and improvements.
Catalogue 2010/2011
Theben AG
Hohenbergstraße 32, 72401 Haigerloch, GERMANY
1010
Postfach 56, 72394 Haigerloch, GERMANY

Phone +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-0
9900600
Fax +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-150

info@theben.de, www.theben.de
00-10_CATen-2010_Umschlag.indd 1 15.03.10 08:31

Product families
Digital time switches 9 TR 644 top2/RC ▶ 18 Analogue time switches 31 SYN 168 h ▶ 38 FRI 77 h/g ▶ 52
TR 610 top2 ▶ 10 EM 4 top2 ▶ 20 SYN 160 a ▶ 32 SUL 188 h ▶ 38 Time relays 55
TR 612 top2 ▶ 10 EM LAN top2 ▶ 20 SUL 180 a ▶ 32 MEM 198 h ▶ 38 TM 345 M ▶ 56
TR 611 top2 ▶ 12 SELEKTA 173 DCF ▶ 21 MEM 190 a ▶ 32 SUL 188 g/hw ▶ 40 TM 345 B ▶ 56
TR 611 top2 RC ▶ 12 TR 641 S/DCF ▶ 22 SYN 151 h ▶ 34 SYN 169 s ▶ 42 Hour counters 58
TR 622 top2 ▶ 12 TR 642 S/DCF ▶ 22 SYN 161 d ▶ 34 SUL 189 s ▶ 42 BZ 142-1 ▶ 58
TR 608 top ▶ 14 TR 644 S/DCF ▶ 22 SUL 181 d ▶ 34 SYN 269 h/g ▶ 44 BZ 142-3 ▶ 58
SELEKTA 170 top2 ▶ 16 TR 635 top ▶ 24 SUL 191 w ▶ 34 SUL 289 h/g ▶ 44 BZ 143-1 ▶ 58
SELEKTA 171 top2 RC ▶ 16 TR 636 top ▶ 24 TM 171 h ▶ 36 TM 179 h ▶ 46 BZ 145 ▶ 58
SELEKTA 172 top2 ▶ 16 TR 685/2 top ▶ 26 SYN 161 h ▶ 36 SUL 189 hw ▶ 46 BZ 146 ▶ 60
TR 641 top2/RC ▶ 18 TR 030 top ▶ 27 SUL 181 h ▶ 36 SUL 285 ▶ 48 BZ 147 ▶ 60
TR 642 top2/RC ▶ 18 theben-eltimo ▶ 28 TM 178 h ▶ 38 theben-timer ▶ 50 BZ 148 ▶ 60
Presence detectors 63 compact passage 24V ▶ 94 LUXA 103-200 T ▶ 114 ELPA 3 ▶ 128
PräsenzLight 360 ▶ 64 ECO-IR 360-24V ▶ 96 Twilight switches 117 ELPA 7 ▶ 128
SPHINX 104-360 AP ▶ 66 ECO-IR 180A-24V ▶ 98 LUNA 108 ▶ 118 ELPA 8 ▶ 130
SPHINX 104-360/2 AP ▶ 66 Motion detectors 101 LUNA 109 ▶ 118 ELPA 9 ▶ 130
SPHINX 104-360 ▶ 66 LUXA 101-150 ▶ 102 LUNA 110 ▶ 118 ELPA 4 ▶ 130
SPHINX 104-360/2 ▶ 66 LUXA 101-180 ▶ 102 LUNA 111 top2 ▶ 120 ELPA 047 ▶ 132
compact office ▶ 68 LUXA 102-150/150W ▶ 104 LUNA 112 top2 ▶ 120 ELPA 041 ▶ 132
compact office DIM ▶ 70 LUXA 102-150/500W ▶ 104 LUNA 120 top2 ▶ 122
compact passage ▶ 72 LUXA 101-360 ▶ 106 LUNA 121 top2 RC ▶ 122
compact passimo WH ▶ 74 SPHINX 105-110 ▶ 108 LUNA 122 top2 RC ▶ 122
ECO-IR 360A ▶ 76 SPHINX 105-220 ▶ 108 LUNA 126 star ▶ 124
ECO-IR 360C NT ▶ 78 SPHINX 105-300 ▶ 108 LUNA 127 star ▶ 124
ECO-IR DUAL-C NT ▶ 80 LUXA 103-360 ▶ 110 LUNA 128 star ▶ 124
PlanoCentro ▶ 82 LUXA 103-360/2 ▶ 110 LUNA 129 star-time ▶ 124
PräsenzLight 180 ▶ 86 LUXA 103-360 AP ▶ 112 Staircase time switches 127
ECO-IR 180A ▶ 88 LUXA 103-360/2 AP ▶ 112 ELPA 1 ▶ 128
compact office 24V ▶ 90 LUXA 103-200 ▶ 114 ELPA 6 ▶ 128
Clock thermostats 135 RAMSES 782 S ▶ 148 RAMSES 706 ▶ 154 RAMSES 714 A/FH ▶ 158
RAMSES 811 top2 ▶ 136 RAMSES 784 ▶ 150 RAMSES 707 ▶ 154 RAMSES 751 RA ▶ 158
RAMSES 831 top2 ▶ 136 RAMSES 722 ▶ 150 RAMSES 708 ▶ 154 Sensor technology 161
RAMSES 812 top2 ▶ 138 RAMSES 782 ▶ 150 RAMSES 709 ▶ 154 AMUN 716 USB ▶ 162
RAMSES 832 top2 ▶ 138 RAMSES 721 ▶ 150 RAMSES 741 ▶ 156 AMUN 716 R ▶ 162
RAMSES 813 top2 Set ▶ 140 RAMSES 725 ▶ 150 RAMSES 746 ▶ 156 SOTHIS 715 ▶ 164
RAMSES 833 top2 Set ▶ 142 Room thermostats 153 RAMSES 748 ▶ 156
RAMSES 855 top2 OT ▶ 144 RAMSES 701 ▶ 154 RAMSES 741 RA ▶ 156
RAMSES 366/1 top ▶ 146 RAMSES 702 ▶ 154 RAMSES 746 RA ▶ 156
RAMSES 366/2 top ▶ 146 RAMSES 703 ▶ 154 RAMSES 748 RA ▶ 156
RAMSES 784 S ▶ 148 RAMSES 704 ▶ 154 RAMSES 714 ▶ 158
RAMSES 722 S ▶ 148 RAMSES 705 ▶ 154 RAMSES 714 A ▶ 158
KNX 167 Motion detectors ▶ 190 LUXOR 400 ▶ 214 PHARAO-II 10 (AC) ▶ 224
Switching actuators ▶ 168 Presence detectors ▶ 192 LUXOR 404/402 ▶ 214 PHARAO-II 11 (DC) ▶ 224
Dimming actuators ▶ 173 Weather stations ▶ 200 LUXOR 405 ▶ 214 PHARAO-II 14 (AC) ▶ 224
Blind actuators ▶ 176 Brightness sensors ▶ 201 DMB 2 S ▶ 214 PHARAO-II 15 (DC) ▶ 224
Binary inputs ▶ 178 Temperature sensors ▶ 202 LUXOR 408 ▶ 217 PHARAO-II 24 (AC) ▶ 224
Multifunction displays ▶ 180 Time switches ▶ 204 LUXOR 409 ▶ 217 PHARAO-II 25 (DC) ▶ 224
Room thermostats ▶ 181 Time transmitter ▶ 207 LUXOR 411 ▶ 218 PHARAO-II Upgrade ▶ 224
Heating actuators ▶ 183 Power supply ▶ 208 LUXOR 412 ▶ 218 LUNA 131 DDC ▶ 226
Motor-driven actuator ▶ 186 USB interface ▶ 209 LUXOR 413 ▶ 218 SUD 228 II ▶ 226
CO2 sensor ▶ 187 Line coupler ▶ 209 LUXOR 414 ▶ 220
Fan coil thermostat ▶ 188 Secondary clocks ▶ 211 LUXOR Sets ▶ 221
Fan coil actuator ▶ 189 LUXOR 213 PHARAO 223
2 15.03.2010 1
Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 2 17.03.10 18:18

Product catalogue 2010 Content
■ Week program
Digital time switches ■
■
Year program
Astronomical program
1
■ 60 minutes program
TIME Analogue time switches ■
■
Day program
Week program
2
■ Time relays
Time relays/Hour counters ■
■
Hour counters – analogue
Hour counters – digital
3
■ 230 V – Indoor use

Presence detectors ■ 24 V – Indoor use 4
■ Outdoor use
Motion detectors ■ Indoor use 5
LIGHT
■ DIN rail, analogue and digital
Twilight switches ■ Wall mounting 6
■ DIN rail
Staircase time switches ■ Flush mounting 7
■ Digital clock thermostats
Clock thermostats ■ Analogue clock thermostats 8
■ Mechanical room thermostats
CLIMATE Room thermostats ■ Electronic room thermostats 9
■ CO2 sensors
Sensor technology ■ Hygrostat 10
■ Building automation system
KNX ■ Sensors and actors 11
SYSTEMS LUXOR ■ 230 V – Living comfort control 12

■ 230 V – Logic controller
PHARAO ■ 24 V – Logic controller 13
ACCESSORIES 14
■ Explanations
■ Index
■ General conditions
APPENDIX ■ Discontinued
models
■ Agencies 15
■ Advertising material order form
0 15.03.2010
3

Systems for Time, Light and Climate
Your specialist partner Theben AG
Your partner
for "Energy Saving Ideas"
Dear customers and partners
We are pleased to present you our new Catalogue and internet are closely linked We are sure that our new media will help
catalogue 2010/2011. With its clear to help you find the desired information you to offer solutions tailored to your
structure and concise form we have quicker and easier. You enter the selected customers' needs.
considered the wishes and expectations of number of the desired article on
our customers. Charts show you the most www.theben.de/product/, and you get full
important items of a product familiy, so details like data sheet, operating instruc-
that you can find quickly the suitable tions and so on with one click.
product for your own special application.
Thomas Goes
Improvements in energy efficiency remains
Chairman of the Board
But that isn`t all. Theben has improved its a top issue with Theben. Our successful
presentation on the web. Sophisticated Energy Saving Ideas are being continually
search functions help you to find your way developed. Theben will go on offering
to the product you are looking for. You can intelligent products, systems and solutions
save informations on leaflets and down- which help save energy costs and protect
load them easily. And there are a lot more the environment. This catalogue shows you
features to help you with your job. new time switches, presence detectors,
clock thermostats and KNX products.

Systems for Time, Light and Climate
Theben AG Your specialist partner
THEBEN AG – SYSTEMS FOR TIME, LIGHT

AND CLIMATE
In the first decades after the foundation • Lighting control by twilight switches, In 2010 we will go on developing efficient,
in 1921 by P.E. Schwenk, our core compe- presence and motion detectors energy-saving solutions for the controlling
tence were solutions for time controlling • Climate control by analogue and digital of time, light and climate according to our
systems. Since then we have sold more clock thermostats for individual room philosophy of „Energy Saving Ideas“.
than 30 millons of staircase time switches control
ELPA 8. One of our most famous products • KNX-systems for building control We will go on offering you exactly the pro-
is the theben timer, which we also sold systems: from lighting and environment ducts you want for your customers -
more than 30 million times. control to automatical solar control and the best systems for time, light and
weather stations climate.
With subsidiaries in Germany, Great
Britain, France, Itlay, Switzerland and a
The company is certified according to the
world wide presence in more than 50
international DIN ISO 9001:2008 and we
countries, our top priority are intelligent
have an VDE authorized test laboratory.
solutions for saving energy in daily live.
But we are also noted for our design:
In 2009 our multifunction display
VARIA 826 KNX was honoured with the
red dot design award.

Your specialist partner
Top Service Theben AG
We are here to help you!
WHOLESALER MARKET PHONE-HOTLINE REPAIR SERVICE

Theben holds on to three-stage sales via You can reach us from every building site. Our service department offers competitive
wholesalers and retail trade. Quick assistance by our specialists prices for repairs even after the expiry of
Phone +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-36 9 the warranty period. We also send you the
Monday to Thursday 7 am to 6 pm requested spare parts, even for units not in
Friday 7 am to 4 pm the current range, to satisfy your
QUALITY
customers' needs as quickly as possible.
Theben means supreme quality, guaran-
Please contact us, we are happy to assist
teed by consequental final testing.
you.
E-MAIL-HOTLINE
Technical experts are always at your service.
STORES Quick assistance by our specialists
Quick delivery through central storage. Fax +49 (0) 7474/692-207 and
E-mail: tino.schlaich@theben.de (KNX)
christof.armbruster@theben.de
mark.wiest@theben.de

Theben AG Top Service
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TENDERS TRADE FAIRS

Operation instructions are available right Text for tenders for all Theben products are National and international trade fairs
around the clock. The KNX manual provi- available on the web for downloading. inform you about our innovations:
des you with detailed informations for the • Mostra Convegno, Milan
use of our products. Instructions and other 23.3.–27.03.2010
informations can be found free of charge TRAINING FACILITIES • light+building, Frankfurt
on the internet www.theben.de. Trainings are offered in your proximity. 11.04.–16.04.2010
Central trainings by our own specialists
• ELCOM, Kiev
and peripherally at our partners near your
13.04.–16.04.2010
KNX DATA BASE facilities upon request.
• ELIADEN, Oslo
A constantly update the product data base
31.05.–03.06.2010
it is always available on the Internet for
free downloading. • Home Technology Event, London
15.06.–17.06.2010
• belektro, Berlin
06.10.–08.10.2010
• GET Nord, Hamburg
17.11.–19.11.2010
• SPS/IPC/DRIVES, Nuremberg
23.11.–25.11.2010

TIME
8 15.03.2010 1

TIME
Section overview Digital time switches 1
Program Number of Memory External PC interface Memory card Connection type Type Page
channels locations inputs included
DIN rail, 2 modules
1 56 – ✓ – Spring terminals TR 610 top2 10
2 56 – ✓ – Spring terminals TR 612 top2 10
Weekly
TR 611 top2 12
program 1 84 1 ✓ ✓ Spring terminals
TR 611 top2 RC 12
2 84 2 ✓ ✓ Spring terminals TR 622 top2 12
Weekly program, 54 – ✓ – Spring terminals SELEKTA 170 top2 16

1
Astronomical 84 1 ✓ – Spring terminals SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 16
program 2 84 2 ✓ – Spring terminals SELEKTA 172 top2 16
1 28 – – – Screw terminals TR 610 top 24V 15
Weekly
program 2 42 – – – Screw terminals TR 612 top 24V 15
DIN rail, 1 module
Weekly
1 28 – – – Screw terminals TR 608 top 14
program
DIN rail, 3 modules

– Spring terminals TR 641 top2 18
Yearly program, 1 800 1 ✓
✓ Spring terminals TR 641 top2 RC 18
Astronomical
program – Spring terminals TR 642 top2 18
2 800 2 ✓
✓ Spring terminals TR 642 top2 RC 18
– – – – – – Spring terminals EM LAN top2 20
DIN rail, 4 modules
Yearly program, – Spring terminals TR 644 top2 18
Astronomical 4 800 4 ✓
program ✓ Spring terminals TR 644 top2 RC 18
– 4 – 4 – – Spring terminals EM 4 top2 20
DIN rail, 6 modules
Yearly program,
Astronomical 2 240 – ✓ – Screw terminals SELEKTA 173 DCF 21
program
TR 641 S 22
1 324 – ✓ – Screw terminals
TR 641 S DCF 22
TR 642 S 22
Yearly program 2 324 – ✓ – Screw terminals
TR 642 S DCF 22
TR 644 S 22
4 324 – ✓ – Screw terminals
TR 644 S DCF 22
Front panel/wall installation
Weekly
program 2 42 – – – Screw terminals TR 636 top 24
Wall installation/3-point mounting
Weekly
2 42 – – – Screw terminals TR 685/2 top 26
program
Flush-mounted
Weekly
program
Socket (plug-in)
36 – – – Plug-in theben-eltimo 020 S 28
Weekly
1
program 33 – – – Plug-in theben-eltimo 020 S DCF 28
0 15.03.2010
9

Digital time switches
DIN-rail, 2 modules TIME
1
Digital time switches with weekly program
TR 610 top2 TR 612 top2
Description
Common functions ■ Switching preselection TR 610 top2 G

■ Digital time switch with weekly ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching As TR 610 top2, but:
program ■ Integrated operating hour counter
■ special device with extra relais (gold-bond-
■ DuoFix spring terminals ■ Holiday program
ed contacts) for switching of very low loads
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Display backlit (can be turned off)
■ 56 memory locations ■ PIN coding TR 612 top2
■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover ■ 2 channels
card (PC programming)
■ 10 year power reserve (lithium battery) TR 610 top2
■ Zero-cross switching for relay-saving
■ 1 channel
switching and high lamp loads
■ ON-OFF switching times
Product selection
Program Program- Number of channels Switching load Operating voltage Type Article number
functions < 1 mA
– 230 – 240 V AC TR 610 top2 61001031)
1 ✓ 230 – 240 V AC TR 610 top2 G 6100110
Weekly program ON/OFF – 12 – 24 V UC TR 610 top2 24V 6104100*
230 – 240 V AC TR 612 top2 61201031)
2 –
12 – 24 V UC TR 612 top2 24V 6124100*
*Available June 2010
1)
Languages: GB, E, P, F, D (other article numbers with additional languages on request)
10
http Additional technical data at:
www.theben.de/product/ Article number 15.03.2010 1

TIME DIN-rail, 2 modules
1
Technical data
TR 610 top2 TR 610 top2 G TR 610 top2 24V TR 612 top2 TR 612 top2 24V
Operating voltage 230 – 240 V AC 12 – 24 V UC 230 – 240 V AC 12 – 24 V UC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 2 modules
Installation type DIN-rail
Power reserve 10 years
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 16 A
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6 10 A 2A 10 A
Incandescent/halogen lamps 2600 W 1400 W 2600 W 1400 W
Min. switching capacity approx.10 mA <1 mA approx.10 mA
Shortest switching time 1 min
Time accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 s/day(Quartz)
Power consumption 3 VA
Test approvals V – V V V
Type of protection IP 20
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Ambient temperature –30 °C … +55 °C
Accessories
Front panel mounting kit OBELISK top2 PC set OBELISK top2 memory card Wall installation kit 35 mm
■ Art.No.: 9070001 ■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ Art.No.: 9070404 ■ Art.No.: 9070064
Details ▶Page 228 Details ▶ Page 229 Details ▶ Page 230 Details ▶ Page 230
Connection example
L N 4 5 6 L
C2
C1 C1
1 2 3 1 2 3 N
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010
www.theben.de/product/ Article number 11

1
Digital time switches with weekly program
TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 RC TR 622 top2
Description
Common functions ■ Switching preselection TR 611 top2 RC

■ Digital time switch with weekly ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ Time synchronisation option via connection
program ■ Count-down timer of external DCF or GPS antenna (additional
■ DuoFix spring terminals ■ Integrated operating hour counter power unit required for GPS if only one
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Holiday program device is connected to the antenna).
■ 84 memory locations ■ 2 random programs ■ 1 channel
■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory ■ Display backlit (can be turned off) ■ External control input
card (PC programming) ■ PIN coding TR 622 top2
■ OBELISK memory card included in delivery ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover ■ 2 channels
■ 10 year power reserve (lithium battery)
■ 2 external control inputs
■ Zero-cross switching for relay-saving TR 611 top2
■ 1 channel
■ External control input
■ Pulse program
■ Cycle program
Product selection
Program Program- Number of Control Time based on Operating voltage Type Article number
functions channels inputs
230 – 240 V AC TR 611 top2 61101031)
Quartz
12 – 24 V UC TR 611 top2 24V 6114100*
1 1
ON/OFF 230 – 240 V AC TR 611 top2 RC 6110300
Weekly Quartz/DCF77/
Pulse
program GPS 12 – 24 V UC TR 611 top2 RC 24V 6114300*
Cycle
230 – 240 V AC TR 622 top2 62201031)
2 2 Quartz
12 – 24 V UC TR 622 top2 24V 6224100*
1)
Languages: GB, E, P, F, D (other article numbers with additional languages on request)
12

1
Technical data
TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 TR 622 top2

24V RC RC 24V 24V
Operating voltage 230 – 240 V AC 12 – 24 V UC 230 – 240 V AC 12 – 24 V UC 230 – 240 V AC 12 – 24 V UC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 2 modules
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6 10 A
Incandescent/halogen lamps 2600 W
Min. switching capacity approx.10 mA
Shortest switching time 1s
≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz) or DCF77/
Time accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz) ≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz)
GPS
Test approvals V V V V V V
Accessories
OBELISK top2 PC set OBELISK top2 memory card Wall installation kit 35 mm Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ Art.No.: 9070404 ■ Art.No.: 9070064 ■ Front panel mounting kit
Details ▶
Page 229 Details ▶ Page 230 Details ▶Page 230 Details ▶
Page 228
■ top2 RC–DCF antenna
Details ▶
Page 228
■ Antenna top2 RC-GPS
Details ▶
Page 228
■ Power unit top2 GPS
Details ▶
Page 229
Connection example
L N L N 4 5 6 L
Ext1 Ext1
C2
RC DCF
RC Ext1 Ext2
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
RC GPS
C1 C1 C1
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 N
N N N
L L L
L L L
0 15.03.2010

DIN-rail, 1 module TIME
1
TR 608 top
Description
■ Digital time switch with weekly ■ ON-OFF switching times

program ■ Switching preselection
■ 1 channel ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
■ Screw terminals ■ PIN coding
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ 28 memory locations
■ 3 year power reserve (exchangeable
lithium battery)
Product selection
Program Number of channels Memory locations Program- Operating voltage Type Article number
functions
Weekly program 1 28 ON/OFF 230 V AC TR 608 top 6080002
Technical data
TR 608 top
Operating voltage 230 V AC Incandescent/halogen lamps 1000 W

Frequency 50-60 Hz Shortest switching time 1 min
Width 1 module Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Installation type DIN-rail Power consumption 2.5 VA
Power reserve 3 years Test approvals V
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, Type of protection IP 20
16 A
cos φ = 1
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
6A
cos φ = 0.6
Accessories Connection example
Wall installation kit 17.5 mm Front panel mounting kit TR 608 top
■ Art.No.: 9070065 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
▶
Details Page 230 Details ▶ Page 228 L N
C1
1
2 3
N
L
L
14

1
Digital time switches with weekly program – 110–120 V AC/12–24 V UC
Description
■ Digital time switch with weekly TR 610 top 120V/24V

program ■ 1 channel
■ Screw terminals ■ 28 memory locations
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display
TR 612 top 120V/24V
■ ON-OFF switching times ■ 2 channels
■ Switching preselection ■ 42 memory locations
■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
■ PIN coding
■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
Product selection
Program Number of Memory Program- Operating voltage Type Article number

channels locations functions
– 110 – 120 V AC TR 610 top 120V 6101814
1 28 – 12 – 24 V UC TR 610 top 24V 6104002
Weekly program ON/OFF ✓ 110 – 120 V AC TR 610 top 120V 6101814
– 110 – 120 V AC TR 612 top 120V 6121814
2 42
– 12 – 24 V UC TR 612 top 24V 6124002
Technical data
TR 610 top 120V/24 V TR 612 top 120V/24V

Operating voltage 110-120 V AC/12-24 V UC Incandescent/halogen lamps 1150 W
Width 2 modules Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Installation type DIN-rail Power consumption 6 VA
Power reserve 10 years Test approvals VW
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC,
16 A Protection rating IP 20
cos φ = 1
10 A
cos φ = 0.6 Ambient temperature –10 °C … +55 °C
Wall installation kit 35 mm Front panel mounting kit TR 610 top 120V TR 612 top 120V
■ Art.No.: 9070064 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
▶
Details Page 230 Details ▶ Page 228 L N 4 5 6 L
C2
C1 C1
1 2 3 1 2 3 N
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

1
Astronomical time switches with weekly program
SELEKTA 170 top2 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC SELEKTA 172 top2
Description
Common functions ■ Integrated operating hour counter ■ 84 memory locations

■ Astronomical time switch with weekly ■ Holiday program ■ 3 special programs with yearly date func-
program ■ Display backlit (can be turned off) tion
■ Astronomical switching function ■ PIN coding per channel
(automatic calculation of sunrise and ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover ■ Count-down timer
sunset times for the whole year) SELEKTA 172 top2
SELEKTA 170 top2
■ DuoFix spring terminals
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ 1 channel As SELEKTA 170 top2, but:
■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory ■ 54 memory locations ■ 2 channels
card (PC programming) SELEKTA 171 top2 RC ■ Channel 1 or channel 2 can also be used
■ 10 year power reserve (lithium battery) ■ Time synchronisation via connection of purely as time switch channel
■ Zero-cross switching for relay-saving external DCF or GPS antenna (additional po- ■ 2 external control inputs
switching and high lamp loads sitioning for astronomical program with GPS ■ 84 memory locations
■ Calculated astronomical switching times antenna, top2 GPS power unit required, if ■ 3 special programs with yearly date
■ Programmable ON-OFF switching times only one device is connected to the antenna) function per channel
■ Switching preselection ■ 1 channel ■ Count-down timer
■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ External control input
Product selection
Program Special Number of Control inputs Time based on Operating voltage Type Article number
program channels
230-240 V AC SELEKTA 170 top2 1700100
– – Quartz
12-24 V UC SELEKTA 170 top2 24V 1704100*
Weekly pro- 1
gram, 230-240 V AC SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 1710100
1 Quartz/DCF77/GPS
Astronomical Yearly 12-24 V UC SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 24V 1714100*
program date
function 230-240 V AC SELEKTA 172 top2 1720100
2 2 Quartz
12-24 V UC SELEKTA 172 top2 24V 1724100*
16

1
Technical data
SELEKTA 170 SELEKTA 170 SELEKTA 171 SELEKTA 171 SELEKTA 172 SELEKTA 172
top2 top2 24V top2 RC top2 RC 24V top2 top2 24V
Operating voltage 230-240 V AC 12-24 V UC 230-240 V AC 12-24 V UC 230-240 V AC 12-24 V UC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 2 modules
Incandescent/halogen lamps 2600 W 1400 W 2600 W 1400 W 2600 W 1400 W
≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz) or
Time accuracy ≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz) ≤ ± 0.5 s/day (Quartz)
DCF77/GPS
Test approvals V V V V V V
Ambient temperature -30 °C … +55 °C
Accessories
OBELISK top2 PC set OBELISK top2 memory card Wall installation kit 35 mm Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ Art.No.: 9070404 ■ Art.No.: 9070064 ■ Front panel mounting kit
Details ▶
Page 229 Details ▶ Page 230 ▶
Details Page 230 Details ▶
Page 228
■ antenna top2 RC–DCF
Details ▶
Page 228
■ Antenna top2 RC-GPS
Details ▶
Page 228
■ Power unit top2 GPS
Details ▶
Page 229
Connection example
SELEKTA 170 top2 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC SELEKTA 172 top2
L N L N 4 5 6 L
Ext1 C2
– +
Data Ext1 Ext2
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
RC DCF
RC GPS C1
C1 C1
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 N
N N N
L L L
L L L
0 15.03.2010

DIN-rail, 3 modules, 4 modules TIME
1
Digital time switches with yearly and astronomical time program
Description
Common functions ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ Extension module can be connected

■ Digital time switch with yearly and ■ Count-down timer ■ OBELISK memory card included in delivery
astronomical time program ■ Integrated operating hour counter TR 642 top2
■ DuoFix spring terminals ■ Holiday program
■ 2 channels
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ 2 random programs
■ 2 external control inputs
■ 800 memory locations ■ Display backlit (can be turned off)
■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory ■ PIN coding TR 642 top2 RC
card (PC programming) ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover As TR 641 top2 RC, but:
■ 2 channels
■ Zero-cross switching for relay-saving TR 641 top2 ■ 2 external control inputs
■ 1 channel
■ ON-OFF switching times TR 644 top2
■ Pulse program ■ 4 channels
■ Cycle program TR 641 top2 RC ■ 4 external control inputs
■ Extensive annual clock functions ■ Time synchronisation via connection of TR 644 top2 RC
■ Astronomical time switch function external DCF or GPS antenna (additional
(automatic calculation of sunrise and positioning for astronomical program with As TR 641 top2 RC, but:
sunset times for the whole year) GPS antenna) ■ 4 channels
■ Switching preselection ■ 1 channel ■ 4 external control inputs
Product selection
Program Number of Control Time based on Memory card Program Operating voltage Type Article number
channels inputs included functions
Quartz – 110-240 V AC TR 641 top2 6410100*

1 1
Yearly Quartz/DCF77/GPS ✓ 110-240 V AC TR 641 top2 RC 6410300*
program, ON/OFF
Quartz – 110-240 V AC TR 642 top2 6420100*
Astro- 2 2 Pulse
nomical Quartz/DCF77/GPS ✓ Cycle 110-240 V AC TR 642 top2 RC 6420300*
program
Quartz – 110-240 V AC TR 644 top2 6440100*
4 4
Quartz/DCF77/GPS ✓ 110-240 V AC TR 644 top2 RC 6440300*
*Available July 2010
18

TIME DIN-rail, 3 modules, 4 modules
1
Technical data
TR 641 top2 TR 642 top2 TR 644 top2

TR 641 top2 TR 642 top2 TR 644 top2
RC RC RC
Operating voltage 110-240 V AC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 3 modules 4 modules
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 16 A 2 x 16 A + 2 x 10 A
≤ ± 0.5 s/day ≤ ± 0.5 s/day ≤ ± 0.5 s/day
≤ ± 0.5 s/day ≤ ± 0.5 s/day ≤ ± 0.5 s/day
Time accuracy (Quartz) or (Quartz) or (Quartz) or
(Quartz) (Quartz) (Quartz)
DCF77/GPS DCF77/GPS DCF77/GPS
Power consumption 0.5 VA
Test approvals V
Accessories
OBELISK top2 PC set Antenna top2 RC–DCF Antenna top2 RC-GPS Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ for TR 641 top2 RC, TR 642 ■ for TR 641 top2 RC, TR 642 ■ Wall installation kit 52.5 mm
Details ▶
Page 229 top2 RC, TR 644 top2 RC
Art.No.: 9070410
top2 RC, TR 644 top2 RC
Art.No.: 9070610
Details ▶
Page 230
■ ■ ■ Front panel mounting kit
Details▶ Page 228 Details ▶
Page 228 Details ▶
Page 228
■ Wall installation kit 70 mm
Details ▶
Page 230
■ OBELISK top2 memory card
Details ▶
Page 230
Connection example
TR 641 top2 RC TR 642 top2 RC TR 644 top2 RC
L N 4 5 6 L N
4 5 6 10 11 12 L N
C2
C2 C4
RC DCF RC DCF
RC DCF
Ext1 Data Ext1 Ext2 Data
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
Ext1 Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 Data

max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
RC GPS RC GPS
RC GPS
C1 C1
C1 C3
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3 7 8 9
N N
L L N
L L L
L
0 15.03.2010

DIN-rail, 4 modules, 3 modules TIME
1
Extension modules
EM 4 top2 EM LAN top2
Description
EM 4 top2 ■ 4 LEDs for displaying switching status ■ Remote programming using OBELISK top2
■ Extension module for TR 641 top2 RC, TR ■ Zero-cross switching for relay-saving PC software
642 top2 RC and TR 644 top2 RC switching and high lamp loads ■ Direct remote access to time switch
■ 4 channels (e.g. reading out switching status, per-
EM LAN top2
■ Width: 4 modules forming manual switching, checking time)
■ Ethernet communication module for ■ Width: 3 modules
■ DuoFix spring terminals remote access via LAN-DSL network to
■ 4 external inputs time switches TR 641 top2 RC,
■ Switching preselection TR 642 top2 RC and TR 644 top2 RC
■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
Product selection
Type Article number
EM 4 top2 6490104*
EM LAN top2 6490900*
*Available July 2010
Front panel mounting kit Additional accessories EM 4 top2 EM LAN top2

■ Art.No.: 9070001 ■ Wall installation kit 70 mm
▶ ▶
L N
Details Page 228 Details Page 230 4 5 6 10 11 12 L N
Data
C2 C4
■ Wall installation kit 52.5 mm
Details▶ Page 230 Ext1 Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 Data
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
C1 C3
1 2 3 7 8 9
N N
L L
L
20
01-10_CATen-2010_Zeit_digital.indd 20 17.03.10 19:05

1
SELEKTA 173 DCF
Description
■ Astronomical time switch with yearly ■ Calculated astronomical switching times

program ■ Programmable ON-OFF switching times
■ 2 channels ■ Annual clock function with fixed public
■ DCF radio control option via external holidays or date ranges and public holidays
antenna dependent on Easter
■ Astronomical switching function (automatic ■ Switching preselection
calculation of sunrise and sunset times for ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
the whole year) ■ Holiday program
■ Screw terminals ■ Programs can be encoded to protect
■ 120 memory locations against unauthorised access
■ Interface for OBELISK memory card (PC ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
programming)
■ 1.5 year power reserve (exchangeable
lithium battery)
Product selection
Program Number of channels Memory locations Time based on Operating voltage Type Article number
Yearly program,
2 120 Quartz/DCF77 110/230 V AC SELEKTA 173 DCF 1730001
Astronomical program
Technical data
SELEKTA 173 DCF
Operating voltage 110-230 V AC Incandescent/halogen lamps 2300 W

Width 6 modules ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) or
Time accuracy
DCF77
Power reserve 1.5 years
16 A II in accordance with EN 60
cos φ = 1 Protection class
730-1
10 A -10 °C … +55 °C
cos φ = 0.6 Ambient temperature
OBELISK PC set Additional accessories SELEKTA 173 DCF

■ Art.No.: 9070230 ■ DCF77 antenna
Page 226 4 5 6 L L N
110 V~
■ Wall installation kit 105 mm C2
▶
230 V~
Details Page 231
■ Front panel mounting kit
Details ▶
Page 228
■ OBELISK memory card
Details ▶
Page 230
1
C1
2 3 7
DCF
9
RC DCF
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

1
Digital time switches with yearly program
TR 641 S TR 642 S DCF TR 644 S
Description
Common functions ■ Programs can be encoded to protect TR 642 S DCF

■ Digital time switch with yearly program against unauthorised access ■ 2 channels
■ Screw terminals ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover ■ DCF radio control option via external
■ 324 memory locations TR 641 S antenna
■ Interface for OBELISK memory card ■ 1 channel ■ Separate power unit required for
(PC programming) DCF antenna
TR 641 S DCF
■ 1.5 year power reserve (exchangeable TR 644 S
lithium battery) ■ 1 channel
■ 4 channels
■ ON-OFF switching times ■ DCF radio control option via external
■ Pulse program antenna TR 644 S DCF
■ 1x switching ■ Separate power unit required for ■ 4 channels
■ Extensive annual clock functions DCF antenna ■ DCF radio control option via external
■ Switching preselection TR 642 S antenna
■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ 2 channels ■ Separate power unit required for
■ Holiday program DCF antenna
■ Random program
Product selection
230-240 V AC TR 641 S 6410001

Quartz
1 324 12 V DC TR 641 S 12V 6419012
Quartz/DCF77 230-240 V AC TR 641 S DCF 6410301
Quartz 230-240 V AC TR 642 S 6420001
2 324
Yearly program
230-240 V AC TR 644 S 6440001
120 V AC TR 644 S 120V 6448110
Quartz
4 324 24 V UC TR 644 S 24V 6448024
12 V AC TR 644 S 12V 6448012
22

1
Technical data
TR 641 S TR 644 S TR 644 S TR 644 S TR 641 S TR 642 S TR 644 S

TR 641 S TR 642 S TR 644 S
12V 120V 24V 12V DCF DCF DCF
230-240
Operating voltage 12 V DC 230-240 V AC 120 V AC 24 V UC 12 V AC 230-240 V AC
V AC
Frequency 50-60 Hz – 50-60 Hz
Width 6 modules
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) or DCF77
Test approvals V
Accessories
OBELISK PC set Antenna DCF77 Power unit DCF77 Additional accessories

■ Art.No.: 9070230 ■ for TR 641 S DCF, TR 642 S ■ for TR 641 S DCF, TR 642 S ■ Front panel mounting kit
Details ▶
Page 229 DCF, TR 644 S DCF
Art.No.: 9070243
DCF, TR 644 S DCF
Art.No.: 9070182
Details ▶
Page 228
■ ■ ■ Wall installation kit 105 mm
Page 231
■ OBELISK memory card
Details ▶
Page 230
Connection example
TR 641 S DCF TR 642 S DCF TR 644 S DCF
L N L 4 5 6 L N L 4 5 6 10 11 12 L N L
DCF C2 DCF DCF
C2 C4
C1 DCF C1 DCF C1 C3 DCF

1 2 3 N DCF 1 2 3 N 1 2 3 7 8 9 N
DCF DCF
N N N
L L L
L L L
0 15.03.2010

Front panel installation/wall installation TIME
1
Digital time switches – wall installation
TR 635 top TR 636 top
Description
Common functions ■ Pulse program ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover

■ Digital timer switch with weekly program ■ Cycle program
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Switching preselection TR 635 top
■ 42 memory locations ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
■ 1 channel
■ 10 year power reserve (lithium battery) ■ Holiday program
Random program TR 636 top
■ ON-OFF switching times ■
■ PIN coding ■ 2 channels
Product selection
functions
ON/OFF,
1 42 Pulse, 230-240 V AC TR 635 top 6350002
Cycle
Weekly program
ON/OFF,
2 42 Pulse, 230-240 V AC TR 636 top 6360002
Cycle
24

TIME Front panel installation/wall installation
1
Technical data

Operating voltage 230-240 V AC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Installation type Front panel installation/wall installation
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 16 A 6A
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6 10 A 6A
Incandescent/halogen lamps 2300 W 1200 W
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Power consumption 6 VA 8 VA
Test approvals V
Accessories Scale drawings

Quick fastening 72 x 72 TR 635 top, TR 636 top
■ Art.No.: 9070071
▶
69
Details Page 229 54
72 16
66
72
104
65 25
Connection example
C1 C1 C2
1 2 3 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Wall installation/3-point mounting TIME
1
TR 685/2 top
Description
■ Digital tariff time switch with weekly ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching

program ■ PIN coding
■ 2 channels ■ Holiday program
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Display and control panel can be turned
■ 42 memory locations by 90°
■ 6 year power reserve ■ Control LED for battery change
(exchangeable lithium battery) ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ Switching preselection
Product selection
functions
Weekly program 2 42 ON/OFF 110 /230 V AC TR 685/2 top 6850012
Technical data
TR 685/2 top
Operating voltage 110-230 V AC Shortest switching time 1 min

Frequency 50-60 Hz Time accuracy ≤ ± 0.25 s/day(Quartz)
Power reserve 6 years Power consumption 10 VA
8A
cos φ = 1
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, Protection class II in accordance with EN 62,054-21
2A
cos φ = 0.6 Ambient temperature -25 °C … +55 °C
Scale drawings Connection example
TR 685/2 top TR 685/2 top
105 74
6,5
121,5
175
230V~ 110V~ C1 C2
1 2 1a 3 4 5 6 7 8
N
84,5 L
101,5 L
26

TIME Flush-mounted
1
TR 030 top
Description
■ Digital time switch with weekly program ■ Switching preselection

■ 1 channel ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
■ Text-oriented user guidance in the display ■ Holiday program
■ 42 memory locations ■ Random program
■ 10 year power reserve (lithium battery) ■ PIN coding
■ ON-OFF switching times ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ Pulse program
■ Cycle program
Product selection
Program Number of Memory locations Program- Operating voltage Type Article number
channels functions
ON/OFF
Weekly program 1 42 230 V AC TR 030 top 0300002
Pulse, Cycle
Technical data
TR 030 top
Operating voltage 230 V AC Shortest switching time 1s

Frequency 50 Hz Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Installation type Flush-mounted wall installation Power consumption 6 VA
Power reserve 10 years Test approvals V
10 A
cos φ = 1
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
10 A
cos φ = 0.6 Ambient temperature -10 °C … +35 °C
C1
84 6,5
L N 1 2 3
17
48 N
L
50 L
0 15.03.2010

Plug-in TIME
1
Digital plug-in timers
theben-eltimo 020 S theben-eltimo 020 S DCF
Description
Common functions ■ ON-OFF switching times theben-eltimo 020 S

■ Digital plug-in timer with weekly program ■ Switching preselection ■ 36 memory locations
■ Use with earthed sockets ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
theben-eltimo 020 S DCF
(additional socket types upon request) ■ Random program
■ DCF radio control
■ 1 channel ■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
■ 33 memory locations
■ Easy operation via keys for program
function and day of the week, hours and
minutes
Product selection
36 Quartz 230 V AC theben-eltimo 020 S 0200000

Weekly program 1
33 Quartz/DCF77 230 V AC theben-eltimo 020 S DCF 0200300
28

TIME Plug-in
1
Technical data
theben-eltimo 020 S theben-eltimo 020 S DCF

Operating voltage 230 V AC
Frequency 50 Hz
Installation type Socket (plug-in)
Power reserve 20 days
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6 2A
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) or DCF77 synchronous
Protection class II for housing, I for plug system as per EN 62 730-1
Scale drawings
theben-eltimo 020 S, theben-eltimo 020 S DCF
64,8
55 41,3
129,4
101,9
0 15.03.2010

TIME
30 15.03.2010 1

TIME
Section overview Analogue time switches
Program Number
of
Type of contact Power
reserve
Shortest
switching
Programmable
every
Connection
type
Type Page 2
channels time
DIN rail, 1 module
– 15 min 15 min Screw terminals SYN 160 a 32
Daily program 1 NO contact
3 days 15 min 15 min Screw terminals SUL 180 a 32
Weekly program 1 NO contact 3 days 2h 2h Screw terminals MEM 190 a 32
DIN rail, 3 modules
60 minute
1 changeover contact – 37.5 s 37.5 s Spring terminals SYN 151 h 34
program
– 15 min 15 min Spring terminals SYN 161 d 34
Daily program 1 changeover contact
200 hours 15 min 15 min Spring terminals SUL 181 d 34
Weekly program 1 changeover contact 200 hours 2h 2h Spring terminals SUL 191 w 34
Daily program 1 changeover contact 3 days 30 min 30 min Screw terminals SUL 181 h 36
60 minute program 1 changeover contact – 2 min 37.5 s Screw terminals TM 178 h 38

– 30 min 15 min Screw terminals SYN 168 h 38
3 days 30 min 15 min Screw terminals SUL 188 h 38
Weekly program 1 changeover contact 3 days 4h 1h Screw terminals MEM 198 h 38
Daily program 2 2 changeover contacts 3 days 30 min 30 min Screw terminals SUL 188 g 40
Daily program
and 1/2 day OFF 1 changeover contact 3 days 45 min/12 h 45 min/12 h Screw terminalss SUL 188 hw 40
function
Front panel/wall installation
– 15 min 15 min Screw terminals SYN 169 s 42
3 days 15 min 15 min Screw terminals SUL 189 s 42
1 changeover contact – 20 min/2 h 5 min, 30 min Screw terminals SYN 269 h 44

2 2 changeover contacts – 20 min/2 h 5 min, 30 min Screw terminals SYN 269 g 44
Daily program
1 changeover contact 3 days 20 min/2 h 5 min, 30 min Screw terminals SUL 289 h 44
2 2 changeover contacts 3 days 20 min/2 h 5 min, 30 min Screw terminals SUL 289 g 44
60 minute program 1 changeover contact – 1.25 min 18.5 s Screw terminals TM 179 h 46
Daily program
and 1/2 day OFF 1 changeover contact 3 days 30 min/12 h 15 min/12 h Screw terminals SUL 189 hw 46
function
Wall installation/3-point mounting
1 changeover contact 6 days 20 min 5 min Screw terminals SUL 285/1 T 48
Daily program
2 2 changeover contacts 6 days 20 min 5 min Screw terminals SUL 285/2 T 48
Socket (plug-in)
Socket intermedi- theben timer 26 50
Daily program 1 NO contact – 15 min 15 min
ate connector theben-timer 26 IP 44 50
Socket intermedi-
Weekly program 1 NO contact – 2h 2h theben timer 27 50
ate connector
Wall-mounted
Daily and defrost 1 changeover contact – 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h Screw terminals FRI 77 h 52
program 2 2 changeover contacts – 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h Screw terminals FRI 77 g 52
Drive with quick fastening for DIN rail

Daily and defrost 1 changeover contact – 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h Screw terminals FRI 77 h-2 52
program 2 2 changeover contacts – 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h Screw terminals FRI 77 g-2 52
0 15.03.2010
31

Analogue time switches
DIN-rail, 1 module TIME
Analogue time switches – 1 module – switching segments
SYN 160 a SUL 180 a MEM 190 a

2
Description
Common functions ■ Without power reserve MEM 190 a

■ Analogue time switch ■ 96 switching segments ■ Weekly program
■ 1 channel ■ Synchronised with mains ■ With power reserve
■ Screw terminals ■ Shortest switching time: 15 minutes (exchangeable NiMH rechargeable battery)
■ Manual switch with 3 positions: SUL 180 a ■ 84 switching segments
Permanent ON/AUTO/permanent OFF ■ Quartz controlled
■ Switching status display As SYN 160 a, but: ■ Shortest switching time: 2 hours
■ With power reserve
SYN 160 a
(exchangeable NiMH rechargeable battery)
■ Daily program ■ Quartz controlled
Product selection
Program Number of Power reserve Shortest Programmable Type of contact Operating Type Article number
channels switching time every voltage
Daily – 15 min 15 min NO contact 230 V AC SYN 160 a 1600001

1
program 3 days 15 min 15 min NO contact 230 V AC SUL 180 a 1800001
Weekly
1 3 days 2h 2h NO contact 230 V AC MEM 190 a 1900001
program
32

TIME DIN-rail, 1 module
Technical data
2
SYN 160 a SUL 180 a MEM 190 a
Operating voltage 230 V AC 230-240 V AC
Frequency 50 Hz 50-60 Hz
Width 1 module
Program Daily program Weekly program
Power reserve – 3 days
Shortest switching time 15 min 2h
Programmable every 15 min 2h
Time accuracy Synchronised with mains ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Test approvals V
Ambient temperature –25 °C … +50 °C –10 °C … +50 °C
Wall installation kit 17.5 mm Front panel mounting kit SYN 160 a, SUL 180 a, MEM 190 a
■ Art.No.: 9070065 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
Details▶ Page 230 Details▶ Page 228
C1
2 N
1 L
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – 3 modules – switching segments
SYN 151 h SUL 181 d SUL 191 w

2
Description
Common functions SYN 161 d SUL 191 w

■ Analogue time switch ■ Daily program ■ Weekly program
■ 1 channel ■ Without power reserve ■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable
■ DuoFix spring terminals ■ 96 switching segments battery)
■ Switching preselection ■ Synchronised with mains ■ 84 switching segments
■ Manual switch with 3 positions: ■ Shortest switching time: 15 minutes ■ Quartz controlled
Permanent ON/AUTO/permanent OFF ■ Clock hands for time display and in ■ Shortest switching time: 2 hours
■ Switching status display addition 12/24 hour recognition ■ Clock hands for time display and in
■ Simple summer/winter time correction addition 12/24 hour recognition
SYN 151 h
■ Simple summer/winter time correction
■ 60 minute program SUL 181 d
■ Without power reserve As SYN 161 d, but:
■ 96 switching segments
■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable
■ Synchronised with mains battery)
■ Shortest switching time: 37.5 seconds ■ Quartz controlled
Product selection
Program Number of Power reserve Shortest Programmable Type of contact Operating Type Article
channels switching time every voltage number
60 minute Changeover
1 – 37.5 s 37.5 s 230 V AC SYN 151 h 1510011
program contact
Changeover
– 15 min 15 min 230 V AC SYN 161 d 1610011
Daily contact
1
program Changeover 110 – 230
200 hours 15 min 15 min SUL 181 d 1810011
contact V AC
Weekly Changeover 110 – 230
1 200 hours 2h 2h SUL 191 w 1910011
program contact V AC
34

Technical data
2
SYN 151 h SYN 161 d SUL 181 d SUL 191 w
Operating voltage 230 V AC 110-230 V AC
Width 3 modules
Program 60 minute program Daily program Weekly program
Power reserve – 200 hours
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 10 A 16 A
Shortest switching time 37.5 s 15 min 2h
Programmable every 37.5 s 15 min 2h
Test approvals V
Wall installation kit 52.5 mm Front panel mounting kit SYN 151 h, SYN 161 d, SUL 181 d, SUL 191 w
■ Art.No.: 9070050 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
C1
1 2 3 L N
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – 3 modules – switching segments 12/24 V UC
SUL 181 h
2
Description
SUL 181 h ■ Switching preselection

■ Analogue time switch ■ Permanent ON/OFF switch
■ Daily program ■ Switching status display
■ 1 channel ■ Operating indication
■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable ■ Simple summer/winter time correction
battery)
■ 48 switching segments
■ Shortest switching time: 30 minutes
■ Screw terminals
Product selection
Program Number of Power reserve Shortest Programmable Type of contact Operating Type Article
channels switching time every voltage number
Daily Changeover 24 V UC SUL 181 h 24V 1814008

1 3 days 30 min 30 min
program contact 12 V UC SUL 181 h 12V 1817008
36

Technical data
2
SUL 181 h 24V SUL 181 h 12V
Operating voltage 24 V UC 12 V UC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 3 modules
Program Daily program
Programmable every 30 min
Test approvals V
Terminal box cover plate 52.5 mm Front panel mounting kit SUL 181 h 12V/24V
■ Art.No.: 9070061 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
Details▶ Page 228 ▶
Details Page 228
C1
1 2 3 8
N
12V/24V
L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – 3 modules – tappet
TM 178 h SUL 188 h MEM 198 h

2
Description
Common functions ■ Synchronised with mains SUL 188 h

■ Analogue time switch ■ Shortest switching time: 75 seconds As SYN 168 h, but:
■ 1 channel ■ 6 tappets included in delivery
■ Tappets SYN 168 h battery)
■ Screw terminals ■ Daily program ■ Quartz controlled
■ Switching preselection ■ Without power reserve ■ 8 tappets included in delivery
■ Permanent ON/OFF switch ■ Synchronised with mains MEM 198 h
■ Switching status display ■ Shortest switching time: 30 minutes
■ Weekly program
TM 178 h ■ Simple summer/winter time correction
■ 60 minute program ■ Operating indication battery)
■ Without power reserve ■ 6 tappets included in delivery ■ Quartz controlled
■ Shortest switching time: 4 hours
■ 14 tappets included in delivery
Product selection
1 – 2 min 37.5 s 230 V AC TM 178 h 1780008
program contact
Changeover
– 30 min 15 min 230 V AC SYN 168 h 1680008
Daily contact
1
program Changeover
3 days 30 min 15 min 230 V AC SUL 188 h 1880008
contact
Weekly Changeover
1 3 days 4h 1h 230 V AC MEM 198 h 1980008
program contact
38

Technical data
2
TM 178 h SYN 168 h SUL 188 h MEM 198 h
Width 3 modules
Program 60 minute program Daily program Weekly program
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 10 A 16 A
Shortest switching time 2 min 30 min 4h
Programmable every 37.5 s 15 min 1h
Test approvals V
Terminal box cover plate 52.5 mm Front panel mounting kit TM 178 h, SYN 168 h, SUL 188 h, MEM 198 h
■ Art.No.: 9070061 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
Details Page 228
C1
1 2 3 8
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – 3 modules – tappet
SUL 188 g SUL 188 hw

2
Description
Common functions SUL 188 g SUL 188 hw

■ Analogue time switch ■ Daily program ■ Daily program and
■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable ■ 2 channels 1/2 day OFF function for the weekdays
battery) ■ Fine adjustment to set the time to the ■ 1 channel (with series connection
■ Quartz controlled minute of the 2 contacts)
■ Tappets ■ Shortest switching time: 30 minutes ■ Tappets and turning segments
■ Screw terminals ■ 10 tappets included in delivery ■ Shortest switching time: 45 minutes
■ Switching status display (12 hours for the 1/2 day OFF function)
■ Operating indication ■ 6 tappets included in delivery
Product selection
Daily 2 Changeover
2 3 days 30 min 30 min 230 V AC SUL 188 g 1880033
program contacts
Daily
program and Changeover
1 3 days 45 min/12 h 45 min/12 h 230 V AC SUL 188 hw 1880108
1/2 day OFF contact
function
40

Technical data
2
SUL 188 g SUL 188 hw
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Width 3 modules
Program Daily program Daily program with 1/2 day OFF function
Shortest switching time 30 min 45 min/12 h
Programmable every 30 min 45 min/12 h
Test approvals V
Terminal box cover plate 52.5 mm Front panel mounting kit SUL 188 g SUL 188 hw
■ Art.No.: 9070061 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
Details▶ Page 228 Details ▶ Page 228
C2 7d
4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7
C1 24h
1 2 3 8 1 2 3 8
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – wall installation – switching segments
SYN 169 s SUL 189 s

2
Description
Common functions ■ Permanent ON/OFF switch SUL 189 s

■ Analogue time switch with daily program ■ Switching status display ■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable
■ 1 channel ■ Simple summer/winter time correction battery)
■ 96 switching segments SYN 169 s ■ Quartz controlled
■ Shortest switching time: 15 minutes ■ Without power reserve
■ Clock hands for time display ■ Synchronised with mains
Product selection
Changeover
– 15 min 15 min 230 V AC SYN 169 s 1690801
contact
Daily
1 230 V AC SUL 189 s 1890801
program Changeover
3 days 15 min 15 min
contact 110 V AC SUL 189 s 110V 1891801
42

Technical data
2
SYN 169 s SUL 189 s SUL 189 s 110V
Operating voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC
Test approvals W
Accessories Scale drawings Connection example
Quick fastening 72 x 72 SYN 169 s, SUL 189 s SYN 169 s, SUL 189 s
■ Art.No.: 9070071
▶
69
Details Page 229 54
72 16
66
72
104
C1
1 2 3 7 8
65 25
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – wall installation – tappet
SYN 269 h SUL 289 g

2
Description
Common functions ■ Synchronised with mains SUL 289 h

■ Analogue time switch with daily or weekly ■ Switching preselection As SYN 269 h, but:
program (switching disc can be turned) ■ Permanent ON/OFF switch
■ Tappets ■ Simple summer/winter time correction
battery)
■ Shortest switching time: 20 minutes ■ 32 tappets included in delivery
■ Quartz controlled
or 2 hours SYN 269 g
■ Clock hands for time display SUL 289 g
■ 2 channels
■ Switching status display ■ 2 channels
■ Without power reserve
SYN 269 h ■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable
■ Synchronised with mains battery)
■ 1 channel ■ 49 tappets included in delivery ■ Quartz controlled
■ Without power reserve
■ 49 tappets included in delivery
Product selection
Changeover
1 – 20 min or 2 h 5 min or 30 min 230 V AC SYN 269 h 2690008
contact
Daily 2 Changeover
2 – 20 min or 2 h 5 min or 30 min 230 V AC SYN 269 g 2690033
program contacts
or weekly Changeover
program 1 3 days 20 min or 2 h 5 min or 30 min 230 V AC SUL 289 h 2890008
contact
2 Changeover
2 3 days 20 min or 2 h 5 min or 30 min 230 V AC SUL 289 g 2890033
contacts
44

Technical data
2
SYN 269 h SYN 269 g SUL 289 h SUL 289 g
Program Daily program or weekly program
Shortest switching time 20 min or 2 h
Programmable every 5 min or 30 min
Quick fastening 72 x 72 SYN 269 h, SYN 269 g, SUL 289 h, SUL 289 g
■ Art.No.: 9070071
▶
69
Details Page 229 54
72 16
66
72
104
65 25
Connection example
SYN 269 h, SUL 289 h SYN 269 g, SUL 289 g
C1 C1 C2
1 2 3 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue time switches – wall installation – tappets
TM 179 h SUL 189 hw

2
Description
TM 179 h ■ Switching status display ■ With power reserve (NiMH rechargeable

■ Analogue time switch with ■ 6 tappets included in delivery battery)
60 minute program ■ Quartz controlled
SUL 189 hw
■ 1 channel ■ Tappets and turning segments
■ Analogue time switch with daily program
■ Without power reserve ■ Shortest switching time: 30 minutes
and 1/2 day OFF function for the weekdays
■ Synchronised with mains (12 hours for the 1/2 day OFF function)
■ 1 channel (with series connection
■ Tappets ■ Switching status display
of the 2 contacts)
■ Shortest switching time: 75 seconds ■ 6 tappets included in delivery
Product selection
1 – 1.25 min 18.5 s 230 V AC TM 179 h 1790008
program contact
Daily
program and Changeover
1 3 days 30 min/12 h 15 min/12 h 230 V AC SUL 189 hw 1890108
1/2 day OFF contact
function
46

Technical data
2
TM 179 h SUL 189 hw
Program 60 minute program Daily program with 1/2 day OFF function
Shortest switching time 1.25 min 30 min/12 h
Programmable every 18.5 s 15 min/12 h
Quick fastening 72 x 72 TM 179 h, SUL 189 hw

■ Art.No.: 9070071
▶
69
Details Page 229 54
72 16
66
72
104
65 25
Connection example
TM 179 h SUL 189 hw
24h 7d
C1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 7 8
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Wall installation/3-point mounting TIME
Analogue time switch – wall installation/3-point mounting
SUL 285/1 T SUL 285/2 T

2
Description
Common functions ■ Shortest switching time: 20 minutes SUL 285/1 T

■ Analogue time switch with daily program ■ Clock hands for time display ■ 1 channel
■ With power reserve ■ Switching status display
SUL 285/2 T
(exchangeable NiMH battery) ■ Simple summer/winter time correction
■ 2 channels
■ Quartz controlled ■ Control LED for battery change
■ Tappets ■ 32 tappets included in delivery
Product selection
Changeover
1 6 days 20 min 5 min 110/230 V AC SUL 285/1 T 2850008
contact
Daily program
2 Changeover
2 6 days 20 min 5 min 110/230 V AC SUL 285/2 T 2850033
contacts
48

TIME Wall installation/3-point mounting
Technical data
2
SUL 285/1 T SUL 285/2 T
Operating voltage 110 V AC/230 V AC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1 6A
Protection class II in accordance with EN 62,054-21
SUL 285/1 T, SUL 285/2 T SUL 285/1 T SUL 285/2 T
105 74
6,5
121,5
175
C1
C1 C2
1 2 1a 3 4 5
L 1a N 3 4 5 6 7 8
N
84,5 L N
L L
101,5 L
0 15.03.2010

Plug-in TIME
Analogue socket time switches – switching segments
theben-timer 26 theben-timer 26 IP 44 theben-timer 27

2
N TIMER
BE
THE
¬
*AHRE
%%
'!2
YEAR
.4
.4
!
)%¬ ' 5 ! 2
Description
Common functions theben-timer 26 theben-timer 27

■ Analogue plug-in timer ■ Daily program ■ Weekly program
■ 1 channel ■ 96 switching segments ■ 84 switching segments
■ Without power reserve ■ Shortest switching time: 15 minutes ■ Shortest switching time: 2 hours
■ Synchronised with mains theben-timer 26 IP 44
■ Use with earthed sockets
(additional socket types upon request) As theben-timer 26, but:
■ Switching preselection ■ Waterproof protection for damp locations
■ Switching status display and outdoor areas
■ Transparent cover
Product selection
Program Shortest switching Programmable every Type of contact Operating voltage Type Article number
time
theben-timer 26 0260030
Daily program 15 min 15 min NO contact 230 V AC
theben-timer 26 IP 44 0260855
Weekly program 2h 2h NO contact 230 V AC theben-timer 27 0270930
50

TIME Plug-in
Technical data
2
theben-timer 26 theben-timer 26 IP 44 theben-timer 27
Frequency 50 Hz
Installation type Socket (plug-in)
Program Daily program Weekly program
Shortest switching time 15 min 2h
Programmable every 15 min 2h
Time accuracy Synchronised with mains
Test approvals V
Type of protection IP 20 IP 44 IP 20
Protection class I in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Ambient temperature –10 °C … +55 °C –40 °C … +55 °C –10 °C … +55 °C
41
71
10 12 11 10 9
13
10
14
8
15
7
16
6
19 18 17
5
4
3
2
20
1 1
24 23 22 2
0 15.03.2010

Wall installation/DIN rail TIME
Analogue cooling timers - tappets
FRI 77 h FRI 77 g-2

2
Description
Common functions FRI 77 h FRI 77 h-2

■ Analogue cooling timer with daily and ■ 1 channel ■ 1 channel
short time program for defrosting ■ Wall-mounted ■ Drive with quick fastening for DIN rail
■ Tappets ■ 6 tappets included in delivery
■ Synchronised with mains ■ 6 tappets included in delivery
FRI 77 g
■ Shortest switching time: 2 minutes / 1 hour FRI 77 g-2
■ 2 channels
■ 2 separate switching discs
■ Wall-mounted As FRI 77 g, but:
■ 8 tappets included in delivery ■ Drive with quick fastening for DIN rail
■ Optional delayed switching on of fan
Product selection
Type of contact Installation type Shortest switching Programmable every Operating voltage Type Article number
time
Changeover contact Wall-mounted 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h 230 V AC FRI 77 h 0770008
2 Changeover
Wall-mounted 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h 230 V AC FRI 77 g 0770033
contacts
Drive with quick
Changeover contact 2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h 230 V AC FRI 77 h-2 0770802
fastening for DIN rail
2 Changeover Drive with quick
2 min/1 h 1 min/1 h 230 V AC FRI 77 g-2 0770832
contacts fastening for DIN rail
52

TIME Wall installation/DIN rail
Technical data
2
FRI 77 h FRI 77 g FRI 77 h-2 FRI 77 g-2
Frequency 50 Hz
Installation type Wall-mounted Drive with quick fastening for DIN rail
Program Daily and defrost program
Max. switching capacity at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6 2.5 A
Shortest switching time 2 min/1 h
Programmable every 1 min/1 h
Time accuracy Synchronised with mains
Test approvals VW
Type of protection IP 20 IP 00
Scale drawings
FRI 77 h-2, FRI 77 g-2 FRI 77 h-2, FRI 77 g-2
82 48
105 61
55
105
Connection example
FRI 77 h, FRI 77 h-2 FRI 77 g, FRI 77 g-2
K1 K1 K2
1 2 3 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

TIME
54 15.03.2010 1

TIME
Section overview Time relay/hour counter
Description Type Page
Time relay
Multi-function relay TM 345 M 56

3
Time relay with time switch function TM 345 B 56
Installation type Front plate size Type Page
Analogue hour counter
BZ 142-1 58
48 x 48 mm
Front panel installation BZ 142-3 58
52 x 52 mm BZ 143-1 58
DIN-rail 35 x 45 mm BZ 145 58
Digital hour counter
24 x 48 mm BZ 146 60
Front panel installation
48 x 48 mm BZ 147 60
DIN-rail 35 x 45 mm BZ 148 60
0 15.03.2010

Time relay/hour counter
Analogue TIME
Time relay – DIN-rail
TM 345 M TM 345 B
Description
Common functions TM 345 M TM 345 B

■ Electronic time relay ■ Multi-function relay ■ Time relay with time switch function
■ Electronic time relay can be used univer- ■ Locking rotary switch for the selection of ■ Pulse and pause duration can be set
sally for controlling automatic processes time range as well as the following independently of each other
in machines, lighting, ventilation, heating, operating modes:
cupboards etc. - Response delay, without control contact
■ Precise analogue time setting - Wiper switch-on without control contact
■ Multi-voltage input for all supply and - Release delay with control contact
control voltages, no jumpers or additional - Pulse former with control contact
terminals are required - On/Off switching delay with control
■ LED to display the switching status contact
- Wiper switch On/Off with control contact
- Time switch generator without control
contact
Product selection
Type Article number
TM 345 M 3450731
TM 345 B 3450730
56

TIME Analogue
Technical data
TM 345 M TM 345 B
Operating voltage 12-240 V AC/DC 24–240 V AC/24 V DC
50–60 Hz
Frequency
Width 1 module
3
Type of contact Changeover contact
Housing and insulation material High-temperature resistant, self-extinguishing thermoplast
Switch output Potential free
Electrical service life 105 operation cycles
Mechanical service life < 105 operation cycles
Fall back value of nominal input voltage < 10.8 V AC/DC (according with EN 61812-1)
Protection rating IP 20

Wall installation kit 17.5 mm TM 345 M TM 345 M TM 345 B
■ Art.No.: 9070065
▶
S
Details Page 230 A1+ 15 B2 A1+ 15 B2 A1+ 15
18 16 A2- 18 16 A2- 18 16 A2-
N N N
L L L
L L L
0 15.03.2010

Analogue TIME
Analogue hour counter – Front panel and DIN rail
BZ 142-1 BZ 142-3 BZ 145
Description
BZ 142-1 BZ 142-3 BZ 145

■ Hour counter with synchronous power Like BZ 142-1, however: ■ Hour counter
drive ■ Built in distributor device with quick
■ With plug-in base for wall installation
■ Versions for direct voltage with quartz- fastening for 35 mm DIN rail
(front panel kit required)
controlled stepper motor ■ Top mounting with additional terminal box
■ Plug-in base with quick fastening for
■ Progress display cover plate, sealable
35 mm DIN rail
■ Front panel devices with click-in ■ Control panel installation with assembly
■ Terminal screws
or stretch clamp supports for walls up to a kit no. 9070001
maximum of 10 mm thick ■ Contact protection to comply with
■ Contact protection to comply with
accident prevention regulation BGV A3
■ Clamp or flat plug connection accident prevention regulation BGV A3
6.3 mm ■ Housing colour: anthracite
■ Captive terminal screws
■ Front plate 48 x 48 mm size BZ 143-1
Like BZ 142-1, however:

■ Front plate 52 x 52 mm size
Product selection
Counting range Installation type Front plate size Integrated part size Operating voltage Type Article number
230 V AC BZ 142-1 1420721

110 V AC BZ 142-1 110 V 1421721
Front panel 48 x 48 mm 46 x 46 mm 230-240 V AC BZ 142-1 230 V 1420621

installation 24 V AC BZ 142-1 24 V 1424721
99,999.99 hours
without reset BZ 142-3 1420723
230 V AC
52 x 52 mm 46 x 46 mm BZ 143-1 1430721
230 V AC BZ 145 1450000
DIN-rail 35 x 45 mm 35 x 45 mm
24-48 V DC BZ 145 24 V 1459024
58

TIME Analogue
Technical data
BZ 142-1 BZ 142-1 110 V BZ 142-1 240 V BZ 142-1 24 V BZ 142-3 BZ 143-1 BZ 145 BZ 145 24 V
Operating voltage 230 V AC 110 V AC 230-240 V AC 24 V AC 230 V AC 24-48 V DC
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz
Frequency
Width – 2 modules
3
Installation type Front panel installation DIN-rail
Protection rating Front frame IP 65 IP 65
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60,335-1
Accessories
Clamping bracket BZ Baffle 72 x 72 for BZ Front panel kit BZ 142-3 Wall installation kit 35 mm
■ For BZ 142-1, BZ 143-1 ■ For BZ 142-1 ■ For BZ 142-3 ■ For BZ 145
Page 231 Details ▶ Page 231 ▶
Details Page 230
Baffle 55 x 55 for BZ Plug-in base BZ

■ For BZ 142-1 ■ For BZ 142-3
■ Art.No.: 9070041 ■ Art.No.: 9070042
Page 231
Scale drawings
BZ 142-1 BZ 142-3 BZ 143-1

50
50
50
Ø
Ø
45
48
45
48
45
52
55,5
59
5
5 5
39
30 48,6 39
0 15.03.2010

Digital TIME
Digital hour counter – Front panel and DIN rail
BZ 146 BZ 147 BZ 148
Description
Common functions BZ 146 BZ 147

■ 7-digit high-contrast LCD display ■ Control panel installation Like BZ 146, however:
■ Onscreen progress display ■ Terminal screws
■ Installation cutout 45 mm x 45 mm
■ Digital hour counter ■ Tension clamp brackets for walls up to
■ EEPROM memory ensures reliable elapsed 5mm thick BZ 148
time counting, even during loss of power ■ Quartz controlled version ■ Built in distributor device with quick
■ Installation cutout 22 mm x 45 mm fastening for 35 mm DIN rail
■ Surface mounting with additional terminal
box cover plate option
■ Captive terminal screws
Product selection
Counting range Installation type Front plate size Integrated part size Operating voltage Type Article number
24 x 48 mm 22 x 45 mm 110-240 V AC BZ 146 1460000

Front panel
99,999.99 hours 110-240 V AC BZ 147 1470000
installation 48 x 48 mm 45 x 45 mm
without reset 12-24 V DC BZ 147 24 V 1479000
DIN-rail 35 x 45 mm 35 x 45 mm 24-240 V AC BZ 148 1480000
Technical data
BZ 146 BZ 147 BZ 147 24V BZ 148

Operating voltage 110-240 V AC 12-24 V DC 24-240 V AC
Frequency 50 – 60 Hz
Width – 2 modules
Installation type Front panel installation DIN-rail
Protection rating IP 65 IP 65 (front side)
Protection class II in accordance with EN 61010
60

TIME Digital
Accessories
Clamping bracket BZ Wall installation kit 35 mm

■ For BZ 147 ■ For BZ 148
■ Art.No.: 9070043 ■ Art.No.: 9070064
Details ▶ Page 231 Details▶ Page 230
3
Scale drawings
BZ 146 BZ 147
45 +0,6
48 –0,2
45,2+0,3
22,2+0,3
48
24 –0,2
45 22 45
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
37,3
37,3
3
3
Connection example
BZ 146, BZ 147 BZ 148
(+) (–)
1 2 3 4
(+) (–)
1 2 3
N
L
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

LIGHT
62
http
Additional technical data at:

LIGHT
Section overview Presence detectors
Installation Detection area Detection area Channel Function Protection Type Page
type at 3.0 m installation at 3.0 m installation mode rating
height - Sitting - height - Walking -
230 V
Ceiling 20 m² (□ 4.5 x 4.5 m) 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m) Light Switching IP 54 PresenceLight 360 64
Light Switching IP 41 SPHINX 104-360 AP 66

4
Light | Presence Switching IP 41 SPHINX 104-360/2 AP 66
Ceiling 20 m² (⌀ 5.0 m | 360°) 113 m² (⌀ 12.0 m | 360°)
Light Switching IP 41 SPHINX 104-360 66
Light | Presence Switching IP 41 SPHINX 104-360/2 66
Light | Presence Switching IP 40 compact office 68

Ceiling 25 m² (□ 5.0 x 5.0 m) 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m)
Light | 1–10 V Dimming IP 40 compact office DIM 70
90 m² (□ 20 x 4.5 m) 135 m² (□ 30 x 4.5 m) compact passage 72

Ceiling Light | Presence Switching IP 40
45 m² (□ 10 x 4.5 m) 68 m² (□ 15 x 4.5 m) compact passimo 74
Light | Presence Switching IP 40 ECO-IR 360A 76

Ceiling 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m) 81 m² (□ 9.0 x 9.0 m) Light | Presence Switching IP 40 ECO-IR 360C NT 78
2 x Light Switching IP 40 ECO IR DUAL C NT 80
Light | Presence PlanoCentro 101-EWH 82
– PlanoCentro 000-EWH 82
Ceiling 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m) 81 m² (□ 9.0 x 9.0 m) Switching IP 40
Light | Presence PlanoCentro 101-UWH 82
– PlanoCentro 000-UWH 82
Wall 28 m² (⌀ 7.0 m | 180°) 100 m² (⌀ 16.0 m | 180°) Light Switching IP 54 PresenceLight 180 86
Wall 32 m² (⌀ 8.0 m | 180°) 100 m² (⌀ 16.0 m | 180°) Light | Presence Switching IP 40 ECO-IR 180A 88
24 V
Light | Presence Switching IP 40 compact office 24V 90

Ceiling 25 m² (□ 5.0 x 5.0 m) 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m)
Light | 0–10 V Switching IP 40 compact office 24V Lux 92
Ceiling 90 m² (□ 20 x 4.5 m) 135 m² (□ 30 x 4.5 m) Light | Presence Switching IP 40 compact passage 24V 94
Ceiling 49 m² (□ 7.0 x 7.0 m) 81 m² (□ 9.0 x 9.0 m) Light | Presence Switching IP 40 ECO-IR 360 -24V 96
Wall 32 m² (⌀ 8.0 m | 180°) 100 m² (⌀ 16.0 m | 180°) Light | Presence Switching IP 40 ECO-IR 180A-24V 98
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
PresenceLight 360
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ The presence detector has a mixed light
■ Square detection area measurement and is suitable for switching
■ Ceiling installation the following types of lamp: Flourescent
■ IP 54 protection rating for installation in lamps (FL/PL), halogen and incandescent
wet zones lamps
■ Mixed light measurement ■ The square detection range from
PresenceLight 360 allows accurate and
■ Light switch output (relay, 230 V)
simple planning
4 ■
■
Automatic lighting control
Lighting control with light threshold value
■ Test operation mode checks the detection
area and installation
and self-learning switch-off delay
■ The parameters can either be set using the
■ Pulse function for staircase timer
potentiometer or via the optional service
■ Can be configured remotely remote control QuickSet plus
■ The pulse function is for controlling a
staircase timer
Product selection
Installation type Channel Operating voltage Colour Type Article

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PresenceLight 360 2000000
Ceiling installation Light 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PresenceLight 360 BK 2000800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PresenceLight 360 SR 2000801
further colours on request
Technical data
PresenceLight 360
Frequency 50 Hz
Setting range 10–1500 lx
Recommended installation height 2–3 m
Light switch-off delay Impulse (0.5 s), 10 s–20 min
Light contact type Relay 230 V
Resistive load 1400 VA
Incandescent and halogen lamp load 1200 W
Compact and flourescent lamps 10 x (1 x 58 W), 5 x (2 x 58 W), 16 x (1 x 36 W), 8 x (2 x 36 W), 16 x (smaller than 36 W)
64
httpAdditional technical data at:

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Detection area (square)
Installation
Sitting (B) Walking (C)
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6 .0m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
4
Accessories
QuickSafe QuickSet plus clic Surface frame PresenceLight

Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶Page 232
Scale drawings
70
86
60
40,5
40
45,7
26,4
56
86
48
4
19,5
11
27
Connection example
PresenceLight PresenceLight PresenceLight
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
SPHINX 104
SPHINX 104-360/2 SPHINX 104-360 AP
4
Description
Common functions SPHINX 104-360 SPHINX 104-360/2

■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ 1 channel (light) ■ 2 channels
■ Lighting control with adjustable light ■ Ceiling installation ■ 2. Relay for HVAC control, presence
threshold value and adjustable switch-off ■ Automatic lighting control based on dependent
delay presence and brightness ■ HVAC control with programmable switch-
■ Teach-in of current brightness value pos- ■ Detection range can be limited using three on delay and switch-off delay
sible via remote control enclosed segments SPHINX 104-360 AP
■ Additional impulse function can be ■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the
selected for combination with staircase ■ 1 channel
control of fluorescent, incandescent and
timer (ELPA), building automation or PLC halogen lamps SPHINX 104-360/2 AP
■ Master/slave function: Up to ten detectors ■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset ■ 2 channels
to expand detection area. ■ Push-button or switch options for manual ■ 2. Relay for HVAC control, presence
■ Test function for checking detection area switching dependent
■ Zero-cross switching ■ Screwless terminals for quick installation ■ HVAC control with programmable switch-
on delay and switch-off delay
Product selection
Installation type Channel Operating voltage Type Article

number
Light 230 V AC SPHINX 104-360 AP 1040360
Surface mounted on ceiling
Light | Presence 230 V AC SPHINX 104-360/2 AP 1040362
Light 230 V AC SPHINX 104-360 1040370
Ceiling installation
Light | Presence 230 V AC SPHINX 104-360/2 1040372
Technical data
SPHINX 104-360 AP SPHINX 104-360/2 AP SPHINX 104-360 SPHINX 104-360/2

Frequency 50–60 Hz
Switching capacity light 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1) 8 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
5 A (at 250 V AC 3 A (at 250 V AC
Switching capacity Presence – –
or 30 V DC) or 30 V DC)
Recommended installation height 2.5–3.5 m
Light switch-off delay 1 s–20 min
Presence switch-off delay – 1–120 min – 1–120 min
66

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
SPHINX 104-360 AP SPHINX 104-360/2 AP SPHINX 104-360 SPHINX 104-360/2

Presence switch-on delay – 0–60 min – 0–60 min
Incandescent lamp load 2000 W 1800 W
Fluorescent tubes ➀ not corrected, series-corrected 900 VA
Flourescent lamps ➁ 400 VA
Compact fluorescent lamps ➁ 4 x 7 W, 3 x 11 W, 3 x 15 W, 3 x 20 W, 3 x 23 W
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60,669-1 4
➀ conventional ballast, ➁ electronic ballast
Detection range Accessories
SPHINX RC 104 pro Additional accessories

■ Art.No.: 9070536 ■ SPHINX RC 104,
Details ▶
Page 235 Details▶ Page 235
360° ■ RC filter,
Details▶ Page 232
m ,5 m
62
■ Walking
■ Sitting
Installation height 2.5 m
Scale drawings
110 28 43 72 110 28 25 35 90
110
110
90
72
Connection example
L‘ Ext L L N N L‘ Ext L L N N L‘ Ext L L N N L‘ Ext L L N N
M/S M/S M/S M/S M/S M/S M/S M/S

M P1 P2
N N
N L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
compact office
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Fully or semi-automatic: In "Fully auto-

■ Square detection area matic" mode, the lighting switches on
■ Mixed light measurement and off automatically according to pres-
■ The square detection area allows accurate ence and light. In "Semi automatic" mode,
and simple planning it must be switched on manually and
switches off automatically
■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
■ Presence switch output (relay, floating)
output is reduced in the "monitoring"
4 ■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC as
well as room monitoring function
position. The contact indicates the
presence of people with a high degree
■ Lighting control with light threshold value of certainty
■ Device can be connected as master or slave
■ Choice of fully or semi automatic operation
■ Sensor or switch options for manual area and installation
switching
■ Pulse function for staircase timer potentiometer or via the optional service
■ HVAC control with switch-on delay and remote control QuickSet plus
switch-off delay ■ A maximum of 10 detectors can be
switched at the same time
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact office 2010000
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact office BK 2010800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact office SR 2010801
Technical data
compact office
Operating voltage 230 V AC Resistive load 1400 VA

Frequency 50 Hz Incandescent and halogen
1200 W
lamp load
Setting range 10–1500 lx 10 x (1 x 58 W), 5 x (2 x 58 W),
Compact and flourescent
Recommended installation 16 x (1 x 36 W), 8 x (2 x 36 W),
2–3 m lamps
height 16 x (smaller than 36 W)
Light switch-off delay Impulse (0.5 s), 10 s–20 min Presence contact type Floating relay
Presence switch-off delay 10 s–120 min 50 W (220 V DC), 50 VA (250 V AC)
Switching capacity Presence
minimal 0.5 mV/10 mA
Presence switch-on delay 0 s–10 min
Ambient temperature +0 °C … +50 °C
68

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 25 m² | 5.0 m x 5.0 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
4
Accessories
QuickSet plus clic QuickSafe Surface frame compact

Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶Page 233 Details ▶
Page 233 ▶
Details Page 232
Scale drawings
102,5 70
60
48
40
102,5
56
4
33
11
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
compact office DIM
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ In "Semi automatic" mode, it must be

■ Square detection area switched on manually and switches off
■ Mixed light measurement automatically
■ The square detection area allows accurate ■ The standby time guarantees a minimum
and simple planning brightness and provides for a sense of
■ Light switching output (relay, 230 V) and security in hospital and care environments
1–10 V interface as the lighting does not switch off when
areas are unoccupied but remains in
4 ■ Automatic lighting control with constant
light control
standby mode for the set time.
■ Possible connection of sensor for manual
switching and dimming
■ Brightness threshold, self-learning switch-
off delay and standby time are adjustable
remote control QuickSet plus
■ Fully or semi-automatic: In "Fully auto-
■ A maximum of 10 detectors can be
matic" mode, the lighting switches on and
off automatically according to presence
and light.
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact office DIM 2010001
Ceiling installation Light | 1–10 V 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact office DIM BK 2010803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact office DIM SR 2010804
Technical data
compact office DIM

Frequency 50 Hz
Light switch-off delay: 10 s–20 min
70

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 25 m² | 5.0 m x 5.0 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
4
Accessories

Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶
Page 233 ▶
Details Page 232
Scale drawings
102,5 70
60
48
40
102,5
56
4
33
11
Connection example
1–10 V 1–10 V
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
compact passage
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Rectangular detection range for corridors The switching behaviour of the floating
■ Mixed light measurement contact is only controlled by presence
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC as ■ The switch-on delay prevents instantane-
well as room monitoring function ous switch on. The contact only closes on
■ Light switch output (relay, 230 V) completion of the switch-on delay
■ Presence switch output (relay, floating) ■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
4 ■
■
Choice of fully or semi automatic operation
Sensor or switch options for manual
switching
of certainty
■ The rectangular detection area covers an
area of up to 30 metres in corridors and
enables safe and simple planning
off automatically according to presence
and light. In "Semi automatic" mode,
it must be switched on manually and
■ Lighting control with light threshold value
■ HVAC control with switch-on delay and
switch-off delay
Product selection
Installation typec Channel Operating voltage Colour Type Article

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact passage 2010090
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact passage BK 2010806
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact passage SR 2010807
Technical data
compact passage

1200 W
lamp load
2–3.5 m lamps
72

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Detection area (rectangular)
Installation
Head on to (r) Diagonally (t)
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 56 m² | 16 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m 105 m² | 30 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m
2.5 m 72 m² | 18 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m 120 m² | 30 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m r
t
3m 90 m² | 20 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m 135 m² | 30 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m
3.5 m 100 m² | 20 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m 150 m² | 30 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m
r
t
4
Accessories
QuickSafe QuickSet plus clic Surface frame compact

Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶ Page 234 ▶
Page 232
Scale drawings
40 44
102,5 26,5 19 25 70
48
60
102,5
40,5
56
75
4
11
33
63
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
compact passimo
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Pulse function for staircase timer
■ Rectangular detection area for storage ar- ■ HVAC control with switch-on delay and
eas with clear demarcation vertically below switch-off delay
the presence detector ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Mixed light measurement The switching behaviour of the floating
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVACas contact is only controlled by presence
well as room monitoring function ■ The switch-on delay prevents instantane-
ous switch on. The contact only closes on
4 ■ Lighting control with light threshold value
and self-learning switch-off delay completion of the switch-on delay
■ Light switch output (relay, 230 V) ■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
■ Presence switch output (relay, floating) output is reduced in the "monitoring"
■ Choice of fully or semi automatic operation position. The contact indicates the
■ Sensor or switch options for manual
of certainty
switching
off automatically according to presence ■ The parameters can either be set using the
and light. In "Semi automatic" mode, potentiometer or via the optional service
it must be switched on manually and remote control QuickSet plus
switches off automatically ■ A maximum of 10 detectors can be
■ Device can be connected as master or slave switched at the same time
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact passimo WH 2010080 *
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact passimo BK 2010809 *
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact passimo SR 2010810 *
* Available May 2010
Technical data
compact passimo

1200 W
lamp load
2–3.5 m lamps
74

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A) t
r
A
Lux
2m 28 m² | 8 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m 53 m² | 15 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m
2.5 m 36 m² | 9 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m 60 m² | 15 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m r
t
3m 45 m² | 10 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m 68 m² | 15 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m
3.5 m 50 m² | 10 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m 75 m² | 15 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m
4
Accessories

Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶Page 232
Scale drawings
40 44
102,5 26,5 19 25 70
48
60
102,5
40,5
56
75
4
11
33
63
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
ECO-IR 360A
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ HVAC control with separate switch-off
■ Square detection area delay
■ Genuine daylight measurement ■ The presence detector has "Genuine light
■ The square detection area allows accurate measurement" and is only suitable for
and simple planning switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
■ Light switch output (relay, 230 V) ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Presence switch output (relay, floating) The switching behaviour of the floating
contact is only controlled by presence.
4 ■
■
Automatic control of lighting and HVAC
■ The parameters are set via the potentio-
meter
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 360A 2020000
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 360A BK 2020806
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 360A SR 2020807
Technical data
ECO-IR 360A
Frequency 50 Hz
Recommended installation height 2–3.5 m
Light switch-off delay 2 min–15 min
Presence switch-off delay 10–60 min
Maximum switching capacity 1400 VA
Presence contact type Floating relay
Switching capacity Presence 100 W (24 V DC), 460 VA (230 V AC), μ
76

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m

3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
4.0 m – 121 m² | 11.0 m x 11.0 m ± 1 m
4
Accessories
QuickFix round cover QuickFix square cover Surface frame ECO-IR 360 Additional accessories s. p. 232
■ Art.No.: 9070517 ■ Art.No.: 9070518 ■ Art.No.: 9070512 ■ QuickFix concrete round cover
Details ▶ Page 233 Details ▶ Page 232 Details▶ Page 232 Details ▶Page 232
■ QuickFix concrete square
cover
Details ▶Page 233
■ QuickFix concrete flush-
mounted box
Details ▶Page 233
mounted housing
Details ▶Page 233
■ QuickSafe
Details ▶Page 233
Scale drawings
70
87 4 48
60
21,3
66,5
56
46,3
4
11
35,5 37,5 22 84,5

95
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
ECO-IR 360C NT
Description

■ Square detection area matic" mode, the lighting switches on and
■ Genuine daylight measurement off automatically according to presence
■ The square detection area allows accurate and light. In "Semi automatic" mode,
■ The presence detector has "Genuine light
measurement" and is only suitable for
switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
■ Choice of fully or semi automatic operation presence of people with a high degree
■ Sensor or switch options for manual of certainty
switching ■ Device can be connected as master or slave
■ Pulse function for staircase timer ■ Test operation mode checks the detection
■ HVAC control with switch-on delay and area and installation
switch-off delay ■ A maximum of 10 detectors can be
■ Inrush current limitation for EB switched at the same time
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 360C NT 2020400
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 360C NT BK 2020812
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 360C NT SR 2020813
Technical data
ECO-IR 360C NT
Frequency 50 Hz
Light switch-off delay: Impulse (0.5 s), 10 s–20 min
Presence switch-off delay 10 s–120 min
Light contact type Relays 230 V, inrush current limitation
Compact and flourescent lamps 16 x (1 x 58 W), 8 x ( 2 x 58 W), 24 x (1 x 36 W), 12 x (2 x 36 W), 24 x (smaller than 36 W)
Switching capacity Presence 100 W (50 V DC), 460 VA (230 V AC) minimal 10 V/100 mA
78

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m

3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
4.0 m – 121 m² | 11.0 m x 11.0 m ± 1 m
4
9.0 m – 361 m² | 19.0 m x 19.0 m ± 1 m
Accessories
QuickSet plus clic Additional accessories s. p. 232

■ Art.No.: 9070532 ■ Art.No.: 9070515 ■ QuickFix round cover
Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶
■ QuickFix square cover
Details▶ Page 233
■ QuickFix concrete flush-mounted box
Details▶ Page 233
■ QuickSafe
Details▶ Page 233
■ Surface frame ECO-IR 360
Details▶ Page 232
Scale drawings
70
87 4 48
60
21,3
66,5
56
46,3
4
11
35,5 37,5 22 84,5

95
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
ECO-IR DUAL-C NT
Description

■ Square detection area matic" mode, the lighting switches on and
■ Genuine daylight measurement off automatically according to presence
■ The square detection area allows accurate and light. In "Semi automatic" mode,
■ Two light switch outputs (relay, 230 V)
■ The presence detector has double
■ Automatic control of two lighting zones
"Genuine daylight measurement" and
4 ■
■
Two light switch outputs (relay, 230 V)
Lighting control with two light threshold
is only suitable for switching fluorescent
lamps (FL/PL).
values and self-learning switch-off delay
■ Sensor or switch options for manual area and installation
switching
■ Inrush current limitation for EB potentiometer or via the optional service
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR DUAL-C NT 2020401
Ceiling installation 2 x Light 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR DUAL-C NT BK 2020815
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR DUAL-C NT SR 2020816
Technical data
ECO-IR DUAL-C NT
Frequency 50 Hz
Light contact type Relays 230 V, inrush current limitation
Maximal load 1400 VA (total both contacts)
Compact and flourescent lamps 16 x (1 x 58 W), 8 x ( 2 x 58 W), 24 x (1 x 36 W), 12 x (2 x 36 W), 24 x (smaller than 36 W)
80
httpAdditional technical data at:

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m

3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
4.0 m – 121 m² | 11.0 m x 11.0 m ± 1 m
4
Accessories
QuickSet plus clic Additional accessories s. p. 232

■ Art.No.: 9070532 ■ Art.No.: 9070515 ■ QuickFix round cover
■ QuickFix square cover
Details▶ Page 233
■ QuickFix concrete flush-mounted box
Details▶ Page 233
■ QuickSafe
Details▶ Page 233
■ Surface frame ECO-IR 360
Details▶ Page 232
Scale drawings
70
87 4 48
60
21,3
66,5
56
46,3
4
11
35,5 37,5 22 84,5

95
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
PlanoCentro
Description
Common functions ■ Fully or semi-automatic: In "Fully auto-

■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) matic" mode, the lighting switches on and
■ Square 360° detection range allows off automatically according to presence
accurate and simple planning and light. In "Semi automatic" mode,
it must be switched on manually and
■ Flush design
■ Exchangeable cover according to shape,
colour and material
range and configuration
4 ■
■
Mixed light measurement
Presence and brightness-dependent control
for lighting and HVAC systems
■ Choice of fully or semi-automatic lighting PlanoCentro 101-EWH
control ■ For ceiling installation (false ceilings)
■ Connection option for sensors or ■ With installation for false ceilings and
switches for manual switching with auto- cover
matic recognition
PlanoCentro 000-EWH
■ Adjustable sensitivity
■ Can be configured remotely ■ Slave-Version for PlanoCentro 101-EWH
■ 6 predefined basic settings on presence ■ Just to be used with PlanoCentro 101-EWH
detector as Master
■ Lighting control with light threshold value PlanoCentro 101-UWH
and self-learning switch-off delay ■ For flush-mounting (concrete ceiling)
■ Pulse function for staircase timer ■ With metal installation frame for
product ■ Presence output with switch-on delay and screwed fixing in wooden ceilings or in
design
award
switch-off delay flush-mounted sockets, incl. cover
2010
■ Parameters can be selected for subsequent
PlanoCentro 000-UWH
changes
■ Slave-Version for PlanoCentro 101-EWH
■ Just to be used with PlanoCentro 101-EWH
as Master
Product selection
Installation type Channel Function Colour Type Article

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PlanoCentro 101-EWH 2030102
Light | Presence Master pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PlanoCentro 101-EBK 2030103
Ceiling mounting with Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PlanoCentro 101-ESR 2030104
installation frame pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PlanoCentro 000-EWH 2040102 *
– Slave pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PlanoCentro 000-EBK 2040103 *
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PlanoCentro 000-ESR 2040104 *
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PlanoCentro 101-UWH 2030202
Light | Presence Master pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PlanoCentro 101-UBK 2030203
Ceiling mounting (flush- Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PlanoCentro 101-USR 2030204
mounting for concrete
ceiling) pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PlanoCentro 000-UWH 2040202 *
– Slave pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PlanoCentro 000-UBK 2040203 *
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PlanoCentro 000-USR 2040204 *
* Available May 2010
82

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Technical data
PlanoCentro
Frequency 50 Hz
Light switch-off delay Impulse, 10 s–60 min 4
Light contact type Relays 230 V/10 A
Maximum switching capacity 2300 W (at cos φ = 1 resistive load), 1150 W (at cos φ = 0.5)
Compact and flourescent lamps 20 x 54 W, 25 x 39 W, 10 x 2 W, 54 x 15 W, 2 x 39 W
Switching capacity Presence 60 W (220 V DC), 62.5 VA (250 V AC) minimal 0.5 mV/10 mA
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m

3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
Accessories
SendoPro 868-A SendoClic Additional accessories

■ Art.No.: 9070675 ■ Art.No.: 9070690 ■ Junction casing, 115 x 115 x 100 mm
Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶ Page 234 ▶
Details Page 233
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
PlanoCentro
Scale drawings
PlanoCentro ceiling mounting

5
89
112
83
4
78
100 x 100
5
PlanoCentro Ceiling mounting (flush-mounting for concrete ceiling)
89
6
123 118
83
107
70
62
84

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Connection example
PlanoCentro 101-EWH, PlanoCentro 101-UWH
PlanoCentro
101-x-230V
N N L L A P P S1 H1 H2
4
N
L
PlanoCentro 101-EWH, PlanoCentro 000-EWH, PlanoCentro 101-UWH, PlanoCentro 000-UWH
PlanoCentro Master PlanoCentro Slave

101-x-230V 000-x-230V
N N L L A P P S1 H1 H2 N N L L A P P S1 H1 H2
N
L
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
PresenceLight 180
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ The presence detector has a mixed light
■ Detection area 180° measurement and is suitable for switching
■ Wall installation the following types of lamp: Flourescent
■ IP 54 protection rating for installation in lamps (FL/PL), halogen and incandescent
wet zones lamps
■ Mixed light measurement ■ Test operation mode checks the detection
The parameters can either be set using the
4 ■
■
Automatic lighting control
■
■ Can be configured remotely
■ The pulse function is for controlling a
staircase timer
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) PresenceLight 180 2000050
Wall installation Light 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) PresenceLight 180 BK 2000803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) PresenceLight 180 SR 2000804
Technical data
PresenceLight 180
Frequency 50 Hz
86
http

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Detection area (semicircular)
2.2
Installation height (A) Sitting (B) Walking (C)
A
2.2 m 25 m² | 7.0 m x 3.5 m 100 m² | Ø 16 m
B
C
4
Accessories
QuickSafe QuickSet plus clic Surface frame PresenceLight

Details▶ Page 233 Details▶ Page 234 Details ▶
Page 233 Details ▶Page 232
Scale drawings
70
86
60
40,5
40
26,4
56
86
48
36,3
4
15
32
11
Connection example
PresenceLight PresenceLight PresenceLight
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
230 V LIGHT
ECO-IR 180A
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ The presence detector has "Genuine light
■ Detection area 180° measurement" and is only suitable for
■ Genuine daylight measurement switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Lighting control with light threshold value The switching behaviour of the floating
and self-learning switch-off delay contact is only controlled by presence
■ HVAC control with separate switch-off ■ The parameters are set via the potentio-
meter
4 delay
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 180A 2020050
Wall installation Light | Presence 230 V AC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 180A BK 2020809
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 180A SR 2020810
Technical data
ECO-IR 180A
Frequency 50 Hz
Presence contact type Relay
Switching capacity Presence 100 W (24 V DC), 460 VA (230 V AC), μ
2.2
A
2.2 m 32 m² | 8 m x 4 m 100 m² | Ø 16 m
B
C
88

Presence detectors
LIGHT 230 V
Accessories
QuickSafe Surface frame ECO-IR 180

■ Art.No.: 9070531 ■ Art.No.: 9070511
▶
Details Page 233 ▶
Details Page 231
Scale drawings
70
85 48 60
21,3
56
85
46,3
4
11
35 45 70
80
Connection example
ECO-IR 180A ECO-IR 180A
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
24 V LIGHT
compact office 24V
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Square detection area The switching behaviour of the floating
■ Mixed light measurement contact is only controlled by presence
■ The square detection area allows accurate ■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
and simple planning output is reduced in the "monitoring"
■ Light switch output (relay, floating) position. The contact indicates the
of certainty
switch-off delay
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact office 24V 2014000
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 24 V AC/DC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact office 24V BK 2014800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact office 24V SR 2014801
Technical data
compact office 24V

Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Light contact type Floating relay
Switching capacity Presence/Light 50 W (24 V AC/DC), 460 VA (230 V AC), μ, minimal 1 V/1 mA
90

Presence detectors
LIGHT 24 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 25 m² | 5.0 m x 5.0 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
4
Accessories

Page 233 ▶
Details Page 232
Scale drawings
102,5 70
60
48
40
102,5
56
4
33
11
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
24 V LIGHT
compact office 24V Lux
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Can be used as light sensor for PLC
■ Square detection area controls
■ Mixed light measurement ■ The analogue output exports the bright-
■ The square detection area allows accurate ness measured by the internal sensor as
and simple planning an analogue signal. The output of the
■ Light switch output (relay, floating) analogue signal can either be linear or
logarithmic to the measured brightness.
■ Automatic lighting control as well as ana-
The output functions independently from
4 ■
logue value output of measured brightness
the presence detector
■ Analogue output 0–10 V for brightness
■ Linear or logarithmic output of brightness remote control QuickSet plus
Product selection
Installation typec Channel Operating voltage Colour Type Article

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact office 24V Lux 2014001
Ceiling installation Light | 0–10 V 24 V AC/DC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact office 24V Lux BK 2014803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact office 24V Lux SR 2014804
Technical data
compact office 24V Lux

Analogue output 0–10 V DC
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 25 m² | 5.0 m x 5.0 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
92

Presence detectors
LIGHT 24 V
Accessories

▶
Details Page 233 Details ▶Page 233 ▶
Details Page 232
Scale drawings
102,5 70
60
48
40
102,5
56
4
33
11
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
24 V LIGHT
compact passage 24V
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ The switch-on delay prevents instantane-
■ Rectangular detection range for corridors ous switch on. The contact only closes on
■ Mixed light measurement completion of the switch-on delay
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC as ■ The sensitivity of the presence switch
well as room monitoring function output is reduced in the "monitoring"
■ Light switch output (relay, floating) position. The contact indicates the
of certainty
4 ■ Lighting control with light threshold value
switch-off delay
■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
The switching behaviour of the floating
contact is only controlled by presence
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) compact passage 24V 2014090
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 24 V AC/DC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) compact passage 24V BK 2014806
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact passage 24V SR 2014807
Technical data
compact passage 24V

94

Presence detectors
LIGHT 24 V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 56 m² | 16 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m 105 m² | 30 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m
2.5 m 72 m² | 18 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m 120 m² | 30 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m r
t
3m 90 m² | 20 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m 135 m² | 30 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m
3.5 m 100 m² | 20 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m 150 m² | 30 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m
r
t
4
Accessories

Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶Page 233 ▶
Page 232
Scale drawings
compact passage 24V
40 44
102,5 26,5 19 25 70
48
60
102,5
40,5
56
75
4
11
33
63
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
24 V LIGHT
ECO-IR 360-24V
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ HVAC control with separate switch-off
■ Square detection area delay
■ Genuine daylight measurement ■ The presence detector has "Genuine light
■ The square detection area allows accurate measurement" and is only suitable for
and simple planning switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
■ Light switch output (relay, floating) ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
■ Presence switch output (relay, floating) The switching behaviour of the floating
contact is only controlled by presence.
4 ■
■
Automatic control of lighting and HVAC
■ The parameters are set via the potentio-
meter
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 360-24V 2024000
Ceiling installation Light | Presence 24 V AC/DC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 360-24V BK 2024800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 360-24V SR 2024801
Technical data
ECO-IR 360-24V
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m

3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
4.0 m – 121 m² | 11.0 m x 11.0 m ± 1 m
96

Presence detectors
LIGHT 24 V
Accessories
QuickFix round cover QuickFix square cover Surface frame ECO-IR 360 Additional accessories s. p. 232
■ Art.No.: 9070517 ■ Art.No.: 9070518 ■ Art.No.: 9070512 ■ QuickFix concrete round cover
▶
Details Page 233 Details ▶ Page 232 ▶
Details Page 232 Details ▶Page 232
■ QuickFix concrete square
cover
Details ▶Page 233
mounted box
Details ▶Page 233 4
mounted housing
Details ▶Page 233
■ QuickSafe
Details ▶Page 233
Scale drawings
70
87 4 48
60
21,3
66,5
56
46,3
4
11
35,5 37,5 22 84,5
95
Connection example
0 15.03.2010

Presence detectors
24 V LIGHT
ECO-IR 180A-24V
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ Presence switch output (relay, floating)
■ 180° detection area ■ The presence detector has "Genuine light
■ Genuine daylight measurement measurement" and is only suitable for
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
■ Lighting control with light threshold value ■ Presence switch contact for HVAC control:
and self-learning switch-off delay The switching behaviour of the floating
■ HVAC control with separate switch-off contact is only controlled by presence
The parameters are set via the potentio-
4 ■
delay
Light switch output (relay, floating)
■
meter
Product selection

number
pure white, (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 180A-24V 2024050
Wall installation Light | Presence 24 V AC/DC pure black, (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 180A-24V BK 2024803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 180A-24V SR 2024804
Technical data
ECO-IR 180A-24V
2.2
A
2.2 m 32 m² | 8 m x 4 m 100 m² | Ø 16 m
B
C
98

Presence detectors
LIGHT 24 V
Accessories
QuickSafe Surface frame ECO-IR 180

■ Art.No.: 9070531 ■ Art.No.: 9070511
▶
Details Page 231
Scale drawings
ECO-IR 180A-24V
70
85 48 60
21,3
56
85
46,3
4
11
35 45 70
80
Connection example
ECO-IR 180A-24V ECO-IR 180A-24V
0 15.03.2010

LIGHT
100
http

LIGHT
Section overview Motion detector
Installation type Detection Detection Channel Lamp loads Light switch- Remote Type Page
angle range off delay: operation
Outdoor
150° 12 m Light 1000 W 5 s–12 min – LUXA 101-150 102

Wall installation,
internal corner and
external corner
installation
180° 12 m Light 1000 W 5 s–12 min – LUXA 101-180 102
150° 12 m Light
120 W
(≘ 150 W)
5 s–12 min – LUXA 102-150/150W 104
5
Wall installation,
internal corner and
external corner
installation
400 W
150° 12 m Light 5 s–12 min – LUXA 102-150/500W 104
(≘ 500 W)
360° Ø 32 m Light 1000 W 5 s–12 min – LUXA 101-360 106

Wall and ceiling
installation, internal
corner and external 110° 15 m Light 2300 W 1 s–20 min ✓ SPHINX 105-110 108
corner installation
220° 15 m Light 2300 W 1 s–20 min ✓ SPHINX 105-220 108
300° 15 m Light 2300 W 1 s–20 min ✓ SPHINX 105-300 108
Indoor
Light 1000 W 5 s–20 min – LUXA 103-360 110

Ceiling installation 360° Ø7m
Light | Presence 1000 W 5 s–20 min – LUXA 103-360/2 110
Light 1000 W 5 s–20 min – LUXA 103-360 AP 112

Surface mounted
360° Ø7m
ceiling installation
Light | Presence 1000 W 5 s–20 min – LUXA 103-360/2 AP 112
1000 W 20 s–30 min – LUXA 103-200 114

Flush-mounted wall
200° 8m Light
installation
400 W 20 s–30 min – LUXA 103-200 T 114
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Outdoor LIGHT
Motion detector wall installation
LUXA 101-150 LUXA 101-180
5
Description
Common functions ■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the ■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) control of fluorescent, incandescent and detection area
■ For outdoor use halogen lamps ■ Controls are place protected
■ Automatic lighting control based on ■ Single-handed plug-in installation with
LUXA 101-150
presence and brightness unloosable screws
■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset ■ 150° detection angle
■ Additional creep under protection
■ Sensor head can be turned by ± 90° ■ Adjustable brightness switching value and LUXA 101-180
horizontally and by 40° downwards switch-off delay ■ 180° detection angle
Product selection
Installation type Detection angle Channel Operating voltage Colour Type Article
number
White LUXA 101-150 1010963
Wall installation, 150°
internal corner and Black LUXA 101-150 1010964
external corner Light 230 V AC
installation White LUXA 101-180 1010961
with accessories 180°
Black LUXA 101-180 1010962
Technical data
LUXA 101-150 LUXA 101-180

Number of channels 1
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Switching capacity light 6 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6),
3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Detection angle 150° 180°
Incandescent lamp load 1000 W
102

Motion detector
LIGHT Outdoor
LUXA 101-150 LUXA 101-180

Fluorescent lamp load ➀ not corrected 900 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➀ parallel-corrected 200 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➀ series-corrected 900 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➁ 200 VA
Protection class II in accordance to EN 60 669-2-1
Detection range 5
150° 180°
m
m
12 5 m 2,5
12 5 m 2,5
m
m
■ Walking diagonally to the detector
■ Walking head on to the detector
■ Creep under protection
■ LUXA corner angle black, Art.No.: 9070625 112 80
Details▶ Page 234

■ LUXA corner angle white, Art.No.: 9070626
Details▶ Page 234
80
■ RC filter, Art.No: 9070523

▶
110
Details Page 232
Connection example
N L D1 D2 N L D1 D2 N L D1 D2
perm.
ON AUTO M
N N N
L L L
L
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Outdoor LIGHT
Motion detector with halogen spotlight
LUXA 102-150/150W LUXA 102-150/500W
5
Description
Common functions ■ Additional creep under protection ■ Adjustable brightness switching value and
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) ■ Sensor head can be turned by ± 90° switch-off delay
■ For outdoor use horizontally and by 40° downwards ■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit
■ Integrated halogen spotlight for extensive ■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset detection area
lighting ■ Single-handed plug-in installation with LUXA 102-150/150W
■ Energy saving ecoHalogen light bulb unloosable screws
■ 120 W ecoHalogen spotlight (comparable
with energy efficient class C (R7s socket) ■ Controls are placed protected
with regular 150 W spotlight)
included ■ Additional light switch output (relay
■ 150° detection angle 230 V AC) LUXA 102-150/500W
■ Automatic lighting control based on ■ Mixed light measurement suitable for ■ 400 W ecoHalogen spotlight (comparable
presence and brightness the control of fluorescent, incandescent with regular 500 W spotlight)
■ Spotlight can be swivelled ± 45° and halogen lamps
horizontaly, and adjusted 60° upwards and ■ Spotlight with tough aluminium die-cast
30° downwards using screw fixings housing
Product selection

number
White LUXA 102-150/150W 1020961
Wall installation, internal Black LUXA 102-150/150W 1020962
corner and external corner Light 230 V AC
installation with accessories White LUXA 102-150/500W 1020963
Black LUXA 102-150/500W 1020964
Technical data
LUXA 102-150/150W LUXA 102-150/500W

Power consumption 5–1000 lx
Switching capacity Light 8 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 6 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6), 3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
104

Motion detector
LIGHT Outdoor
LUXA 102-150/150W LUXA 102-150/500W

Halogen spotlight 120 W Eco (≘ 150 W) 400 W Eco (≘ 500 W)
Additonal incandescent/halogen lamp load 500 W
Protection class I in accordance with EN 60 669-2-1
Detection range Connection example
150° N L L
m
12 5 m 2,5
m
N
L
■ Creep under protection
Accessories
LUXA corner angle white LUXA corner angle black RC filter

■ Only for LUXA 102-150/150W ■ Only for LUXA 102-150/150W ■ Art.No.: 9070523
■ Art.No.: 9070626 ■ Art.No.: 9070625 Details ▶ Page 232
▶
Details Page 234
Scale drawings
LUXA 102-150/150W LUXA 102-150/500W
145 139 156 200

101
150
220
265
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Outdoor LIGHT
LUXA 101-360
Description
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) ■ Adjustable brightness switching value and
■ For installation on walls and ceilings switch-off delay
■ 360° detection angle ■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit
■ Automatic lighting control based on detection area
presence and brightness ■ Sensor head can be adjusted vertically
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the by 90° upwards or 70° downwards, thus
control of fluorescent, incandescent and allowing universal installation
halogen lamps ■ Creep under protection
■ Single-handed plug-in installation with ■ Detection range can be limited using
unloosable screws enclosed segments
■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset ■ Screwless terminals for quick installation
5 Product selection
Installation type Detection angle Channel Incandescent lamp Operating voltage Type Article
load number
Wall and ceiling mounted,
internal corner and 360° Light 1000 W 230 V AC LUXA 101-360 1010460
external corner installation
Technical data
LUXA 101-360
Operating voltage 230 V AC Fluorescent lamp load ➀

900 VA
not corrected
Flourescent lamp load ➀
200 VA
Power consumption 8 VA parallel-corrected
Setting range 5–1000 lx 900 VA
series-corrected
Number of channels 1 Flourescent lamp load ➁ 200 VA
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Switching capacity light 6 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3) Protection class II in accordance to EN 60 669-2-1
Detection angle 360° Protection rating IP 55
Detection range Scale drawings
144,3 92,4
360°
80
65,7
m
5
m
16

106

Motion detector
LIGHT Outdoor
Accessories
LUXA corner angle white RC filter

■ Art.No.: 9070626 ■ Art.No.: 9070523
Details ▶ Page 234 Details ▶ Page 232
Connection example
5
LUXA 101-360 LUXA 101-360
N L D1 D2 N L D1 D2 N L D1 D2
N N
L L
LUXA 101-360 LUXA 101-360
N L D1 D2
N L D1 D2
AUTO
perm.
ON ON OFF M
N
N L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Outdoor LIGHT
Motion detector wall, ceiling, or corner installation
Description
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) ■ Zero-cross switching

■ Wall and ceiling installation ■ Teach-in of current brightness value pos-
■ Automatic lighting control based on sible via remote control
presence and brightness ■ Imulse function
■ Sensor head can be adjusted horizontally ■ Test function
by ± 90°, vertically by 90° upwards and
SPHINX 105-110
25° downwards
■ Additional creep under protection ■ 110° detection angle
■ Detection range can be limited using ■ Especially suitable for narrow courtyard
enclosed segments. entrances, house entrances or paths
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the ■ Internal corner installation with optional
control of fluorescent, incandescent and corner installation bracket
5 halogen lamps SPHINX 105-220
■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset ■ 220° detection angle
■ A cover plate protects controls against ■ Particularly suitable for sides of properties,
manipulation entrances and drives
■ Single-handed plug-in installation with
SPHINX 105-300
unloosable screws
■ RC 105 pro, service remote control ■ 300° detection angle
(optional) ■ Corner installation bracket for internal or
■ RC 105, user remote control (optional) external corners included in delivery
■ Adjustable brightness switching value and ■ Especially suitable for external corner
switch-off delay installation for simultaneous coverage of
two facades via corner
Product selection
load number
110° SPHINX 105-110 1050110
220° SPHINX 105-220 1050220

Wall and ceiling mounted, internal
Light 2300 W 230 V AC
corner and external corner installation
300° SPHINX 105-300 1050300
Technical data
SPHINX 105-110 SPHINX 105-220 SPHINX 105-300

16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Switching capacity light 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6),
8 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Detection angle 110° 220° 300°
108

Motion detector
LIGHT Outdoor
SPHINX 105-110 SPHINX 105-220 SPHINX 105-300

Flourescent lamp load ➀ series-corrected 900 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➁ 400 VA
Compact energy saving lamps 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W, 7 x 23 W
5
Detection range
110° 220°
m m m
m m m
5 ,5
5 ,5
2
2
15
15

■ Walking head on to the detector 300°
■ Creep under protection 5m
Installation height 2.5 m 10 m
30 m
Accessories
SPHINX RC 105 SPHINX RC 105 Pro SPHINX corner angle RC filter

Details ▶ Page 235 ▶
Details Page 235 Details ▶ Page 235 Details ▶ Page 232
90 55 30
N N L L L‘
159
N
L
89
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Indoor LIGHT
Installation type Ceiling installation, flush-mounted
Description
■ Small, inconspicuous passive infrared ■ Single-handed plug-in installation with

motion detector (PIR) unloosable screws
■ Ceiling installation for suspended ceilings ■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset
■ Automatic lighting control based on ■ No unintentional adjustment due to
presence and brightness covered up controls
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the ■ Adjustable brightness switching value and
control of fluorescent, incandescent and switch-off delay
halogen lamps ■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit
■ Sensor head can be adjusted downwards detection area
by 45° in 15° stages thus allowing ■ Impulse function
detection area to be changed to avoid ■ Test function
switching the device on unnecessarily
5 ■ Ceiling cut-out of 65–68 mm diameter
LUXA 103-360
■ 1 channel
■ Easy installation via two clamping brackets
■ System consists of power box and sensor LUXA 103-360/2
with plugged connection cable ■ 2 channel
■ Sensor can easily be removed during ■ 2. Relay for HVAC control with adjustable
painting work switch-off delay, presence-dependent,
■ Large clamping area for quick installation potential-free
Product selection
load number
Light LUXA 103-360 1030010
Ceiling installation 360° 1000 W 230 V AC
Light | Presence LUXA 103-360/2 1030011
Technical data
LUXA 103-360 LUXA 103-360/2

Number of channels 1 2
Switching capacity light 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Presence switching capacity – 5 A (cos φ = 1) 250 V AC or 24 V DC
Detection angle 360°
Presence switch-off delay – 10 s/15 min/30 min/60 min (infinitely variable)
400 VA
parallel-corrected
Protection rating Sensor IP 40, power unit IP 20
➀ conventional ballast
110

Motion detector
LIGHT Indoor
RC filter
■ Art.No.: 9070523
Details▶ Page 232
360°
5 m
3, 2
m
5
Scale drawings
123 37 Ø 80 60
58
53
15
Connection example
LUXA 103-360 LUXA 103-360/2
L L N N L L N N D1 D2
M
N N
L L
L
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Indoor LIGHT
Installation type Surface mount on ceiling
Description
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) for ■ Test function

ceiling installation ■ Single-handed plug-in installation
■ Automatic lighting control based on pres- with unloosable screws
ence and brightness
LUXA 103-360 AP
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the
control of fluorescent, incandescent and ■ 1 channel
halogen lamps LUXA 103-360/2 AP
■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset ■ 2 channel
■ No unintentional adjustment due to cov- ■ 2. Relay for HVAC control, presence
ered up controls dependent, potential-free
■ Adjustable brightness switching value and ■ HVAC control with programmable
switch-off delay switch-off delay
5 ■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit
detection area
■ Impulse function
Product selection
Installation type Detection angle Channel Incandescent Operating voltage Type Article
lamp load number
Light 1000 W 230 V AC LUXA 103-360 AP 1030020
Surface mounted on ceiling 360°
Light | Presence 1000 W 230 V AC LUXA 103-360/2 AP 1030021
Technical data
LUXA 103-360 AP LUXA 103-360/2 AP

Switching capacity light 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Presence switching capacity – 5 A (cos φ = 1) 250 V AC or 24 V DC
Detection angle 360°
Presence switch-off delay – 10 s–60 min (infinitely variable)
112

Motion detector
LIGHT Indoor
RC filter
■ Art.No.: 9070523
Details ▶
Page 232
360°
5 m
3, 2
m

5
Ø 122 LUXA 103-360 AP LUXA 103-360/2 AP
L L N D2 D1 L L N
N N
L L
L
36
43
0 15.03.2010

Motion detector
Indoor LIGHT
Motion detector wall installation
Description
■ Passive infrared motion detector (PIR) for ■ Expansion of detection area through
wall installation integrated master/slave or master/master
■ Compatible with branded switches, function when using up to 10 devices
replaces conventional light switches LUXA 103-200
■ Automatic lighting control based on
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for the
presence and brightness
control of fluorescent, incandescent and
■ Instant start-up possible via factory preset
halogen lamps
■ No unintentional adjustment due to
■ With acoustic advance shut-off warning
covered up controls
15 seconds before light switches off
■ Adjustable brightness switching value and
switch-off delay LUXA 103-200 T
■ Sensitivity can be reduced to limit Like LUXA 103-200, however:
5 detection area
■ 2 wire connection, ideal for retrofitting
■ Pulse function
■ Light switch output (triac, 230 V AC)
■ Test function
■ Advance shut-off warning through dim-
■ Detection range can be limited using
ming 15 seconds before light switches off
enclosed segments.
■ Mixed light measurement suitable for
■ Manual AUTO/ON/OFF switching by simple
incandescent and halogen lamps (no
adjustment of cover flap
electronic ballast)
■ Teach-in of current brightness value
Product selection
load number
Flush-mounted wall 1000 W LUXA 103-200 1030030

200°, circular Light 230 V AC
installation 400 W LUXA 103-200 T 1030031
Technical data
LUXA 103-200 LUXA 103-200 T

Frequency 50 Hz
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Switching capacity light 2 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
3 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Detection angle 200°, circular
Recommended installation height 1.2–2 m
400 VA –
parallel-corrected
114
http

Motion detector
LIGHT Indoor
RC filter Surface frame LUXA 103-200

■ Art.No.: 9070523 ■ Art.No.: 9070504
Details Page 235
200°
m 3m
8

Installation height 1.2–2 m
5
Scale drawings
80 31,5 33,5
50
Connection example
LUXA 103-200 LUXA 103-200

N
N
L
L
N
N
L
L 3
P
P
T
N 4
N N
L L
LUXA 103-200 T LUXA 103-200 T
N
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
T
N N
L L
0 15.03.2010
http

LIGHT
116 15.03.2010 1

LIGHT
Section overview Twilight switch
Number of Setting Switch on On/off External PC inter- Program Connection Type Page
channels range delay switching outputs face type
delay separate
Analogue, DIN rail
Terminal
2–100 lx 20 s – – – – LUNA 108 116
screws
1 DuoFix
2–2000 lx 60 s – – – – screwless LUNA 109 116
terminals
DuoFix
2–50000 lx 0–20 min – – – – screwless LUNA 110 116
terminals
Digital without timer, DIN rail
DuoFix
✓ ✓
1 1–99000 lx 0–59 min 1 – Screwless
terminals
LUNA 111 top2 118
6
DuoFix
2 1–99000 lx 0–59 min ✓ 2 ✓ – Screwless LUNA 112 top2 118
terminals
Digital with timer, DIN rail
DuoFix
Weekly
1 1–99000 lx 0–59 min ✓ 1 ✓ Screwless LUNA 121 top2 RC 120
program
terminals
DuoFix
Weekly
2 1–99000 lx 0–59 min ✓ 2 ✓ Screwless LUNA 122 top2 RC 120
program
terminals
Analogue with timer, DIN rail
DuoFix
Weekly
1 2–2000 lx 0–59 min ✓ – ✓ Screwless LUNA 120 top2 120
program
terminals
Analogue without timer, wall installation or mast installation

Terminal LUNA 126 star
5–200 lx 40 s – – – – 122
screws with adapter plate
Terminal
1 2–200 lx 2–100 s – – – – LUNA 127 star 122
screws
Terminal
2–2000 lx 2–100 s – – – – LUNA 128 star 122
screws
Analogue with timer, wall installation or mast installation
Daily Terminal
1 2–200 lx 0–10 min ✓ – – LUNA 129 star-time 122
program screws
0 15.03.2010
117

Twilight switch
Analogue, DIN rail LIGHT
Twilight switch
LUNA 108 LUNA 109 LUNA 110
6
Description
LUNA 108 LUNA 109 ■ Extended brightness levels and

■ Analogue twilight switch adjustable delay
Like LUNA 108, however:
■ External surface or flush-mounted light ■ Five adjustable brightness levels for simple
■ DuoFix spring terminals setting of lux value
sensor included in delivery
■ Test function ■ Zero-cross switching
■ Infinitely adjustable switching brightness
■ Fixed On and Off switching delay LUNA 110 ■ Permanent OFF and permanent ON
■ Display of channel and switching status function can be set on the potentiometer
Like LUNA 109, however:
■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay
Product selection
Setting range Switch on/off Connection type Operating voltage Sensor Protection rating Type Article number
delay (included)
Surface-mounted IP 20, Sensor
LUNA 108 AL 1080710
Terminal light sensor IP 54
2–100 lx 20 s 220–240 V AC
screws Flush-mounted IP 20, Sensor
LUNA 108 EL 1080700
light sensor IP 65
DuoFix LUNA 109 AL 1090100
light sensor IP 55
2–2000 lx 60 s screwless 220–240 V AC
terminals Flush-mounted IP 20, Sensor
LUNA 109 EL 1090200
light sensor IP 65
LUNA 110 AL 1100100
light sensor IP 55
DuoFix 220–240 V AC
Flush-mounted IP 20, Sensor
2–50000 lx 0 – 20 min screwless LUNA 110 EL 1100200
light sensor IP 65
terminals
12–24 V UC LUNA 110 AL 24V 1104100*
light sensor IP 55
* available October 2010
118

Twilight switch
LIGHT Analogue, DIN rail
Technical data
LUNA 108 LUNA 109 LUNA 110 LUNA 110 AL 24V

Operating voltage 220–240 V AC 12–24 V UC
Width 1 module 2 modules
Power consumption 6 VA 3 VA
Setting range 2–100 lx 2–2000 lx 2–50000 lx
Switch-on delay 20 s 60 s 0–20 min
Type of contact NO contact Changeover contact
Switch output potential free potential free, not for SELV
16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1) 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1) 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Switching capacity
10 AX (Fluorescent lamp load) 16 AX (Fluorescent lamp load) 10 AX (Fluorescent lamp load)
Min. switching capacity – 10 mA
Incandescent lamp load 2300 W 3600 W 1400 W
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ not corrected 2300 VA 3600 VA 1400 VA 6
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ series-corrected: 2300 VA 3600 VA 1400 VA
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 2300 VA 3600 VA 1400 VA
34 x 7 W, 27 x 11 W, 5 x 7 W, 4 x 11 W, 4 x 15
24 x 15 W, 22 x 23 W W, 4 x 20 W, 4 x 23 W
Maximum cable length to sensor 25 m 100 m (2 x 1.5 mm2)
➀ conventional
Accessories
Wall mounting kit 17.5 mm Wall mounting kit 35 mm Front panel kit Additional accessories
■ For LUNA 108 ■ For LUNA 109, LUNA 110 ■ Art.No.: 9070001 ■ Surface-mounted light sensor
■ Art.No.: 9070065 ■ Art.No.: 9070064 Details ▶
Details Page 230 ■ Analogue surface-mounted
light sensor
Details▶ Page 236
■ Analogure flush-mounted
light sensor
Details▶ Page 236
Connection example
LUNA 108 LUNA 109, LUNA 110
L N
max. 25 m
3 4
max. 100 m
1 2
C1
N L
1 2 3
N
L N
L L
L
0 15.03.2010

Twilight switch
Digital without timer, DIN rail LIGHT
Twilight switch
LUNA 111 top2 LUNA 112 top2
6
Description
LUNA 111 top2 ■ Up to 4 sensors can be attached ■ External control input

■ Digital twilight switch/lighting ■ Up to 10 devices can be connected to a ■ Operating hours counter
control device digital sensor
LUNA 112 top2
■ Switching brightness digitally adjustable ■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory
■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay card (PC programming) Like LUNA 111 top2, however:
■ Switching brightness and switching delay ■ External light sensor included in delivery ■ 2 channels
can be set separately for switching On and ■ Extended brightness range ■ 2 external control inputs
Off ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ Channel-independent hours counter
■ Onscreen display of channel and switching ■ Test function
status as well as current lux value ■ Switching preselection
■ DuoFix spring terminals ■ Display lighting
■ Zero-cross switching ■ PIN coding
Product selection
Number of channels External outputs Switch on Switching capacity at Sensor (included) Type Article number
delay 250 V AC
Surface-mounted
LUNA 111 top2 AL 1110100
light sensor
1 1
Flush-mounted
LUNA 111 top2 EL 1110200
light sensor
0–59 min 16 A (10 AX)
Surface-mounted
LUNA 112 top2 AL 1120100
light sensor
2 2
Flush-mounted
LUNA 112 top2 EL 1120200
light sensor
120

Twilight switch
LIGHT Digital without timer, DIN rail
Technical data

Operating voltage 230–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Switch-on delay 0–59 min
Type of contact Changeover contact 2 Changeover contacts
Switch output potential free, not for SELV
Switching capacity 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1), 10 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6), 10 AX (Fluorescent lamp load)
Min. switching capacity 10 mA
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ series-corrected 2300 VA
6
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 2300 VA
Maximum cable length to sensor 100 m (2 x 1.5 mm2)
➀ conventional
Accessories
OBELISK top2 PC set Memory card OBELISK top2 Front panel kit Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ Art.No.: 9070404 ■ Art.No.: 9070001 ■ Digital surface-mounted
Details ▶
Page 229 ▶
Page 228 light sensor
Details Page 236▶
■ Digital flush-mounted
light sensor
Details Page 234▶
■ Wall mounting kit 35 mm
Details Page 230▶
■ Wall mounting kit 52.5 mm
Details Page 230▶
Connection example
L N 4 5 6 L N
Ext1
Lux C2 Lux
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
– + – +
Data Ext1 Ext2 Data
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
C1 C1
1 2 3 1 2 3
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Twilight switch
Digital with timer,with
Analogue/digital DINtimer,
rail, analogue
DIN rail with timer LIGHT
Twilight switch with time switch
LUNA 120 top2 LUNA 121 top2 RC LUNA 122 top2 RC
6
Description
Common functions ■ PIN coding ■ DCF77 or GPS radio controlled time via
■ Twilight switch with integrated weekly ■ Operating hours counter external antenna
timer ■ Onscreen display of channel and switching ■ External control input
■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay status ■ Switching brightness digitally adjustable
■ Switching brightness and switching delay ■ Holiday and public holiday program ■ Variable lux values can be set for each day
can be set separately for switching On and with yearly function for fixed and public ■ Up to 4 sensors can be attached
Off holidays dependent on Easter ■ Up to 10 devices can be connected to a
■ Fixed ON and OFF times ■ Different summer/winter time rules can be digital sensor
(e.g. night time interruption) selected or freely defined ■ Extended brightness range
■ DuoFix spring terminals LUNA 120 top2 ■ 2 special programmes with yearly function
■ Zero-cross switching ■ Analogue twilight switch LUNA 122 top2 RC
■ Interface for OBELISK top2 memory ■ 1 channel
card (PC programming) Like LUNA 121 top2 RC, however:
■ Analogue adjustable switching brightness
■ External light sensor included in delivery ■ 2 channels
■ Permanent ON/OFF switching LUNA 121 top2 RC ■ Channel-independent operating hour
■ Test function ■ Digital twilight switch/lighting counter
■ Switching preselection control ■ 2 external control inputs
■ Display lighting ■ 1 channel
Product selection
Number of External Special Operating voltage Sensor (included) Protection rating Type Article number
channels outputs program
Surface-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 55 LUNA 120 top2 AL 1200100
light sensor
1 – – 220–240 V AC
Flush-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 65 LUNA 120 top2 EL 1200200
light sensor
Surface-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 55 LUNA 121 top2 RC AL 1210100
light sensor
1 1 Yearly program 230–240 V AC
Flush-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 66 LUNA 121 top2 RC EL 1210200
light sensor
Surface-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 55 LUNA 122 top2 RC AL 1220100
light sensor
2 2 Yearly program 100–240 V AC
Flush-mounted
IP 20, Sensor IP 66 LUNA 122 top2 RC EL 1220200
light sensor
122

Twilight switch
LIGHT Digital withAnalogue/digital
timer, DIN rail, analogue
with timer,
withDIN
timer
rail
Technical data

Operating voltage 220–240 V AC 230–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Width 3 modules 2 modules 3 modules
Setting range 2–2000 lx 1–99000 lx
Switch-on delay 0–59 min
Type of contact Changeover contact Changeover contact 2 Changeover contacts
Switch output potential free, not for SELV
Switching capacity 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1), 10 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6), 10 AX (Fluorescent lamp load)
Min. switching capacity 10 mA
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ not corrected 2300 VA 6
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 2300 VA
➀ conventional
Accessories
OBELISK top2 PC set Memory card OBELISK top2 Additional accessories Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070409 ■ Art.No.: 9070404 ■ top2 RC–DCF antenna ■ Light sensors
Details ▶
■ Antenna top2 RC-GPS ■ Wall mounting kit 35 mm
Details ▶
■ Power unit top2 GPS ■ Wall mounting kit 52.5 mm
Details ▶
■ Front panel kit
Details ▶Page 228
Connection example

max. 100 m
max. 100 m
L N L N 4 5 6 L N
Ext1 Lux Lux
C2
max. 100 m
– + – +
Data Ext1 Ext2 Data
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
max. 100 m
RC DCF RC DCF
C1
C1 C1
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
N
L N N
L L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Twilight switch
Surface-mounted LIGHT
Surface-mounted twilight switch
LUNA 126 star LUNA 129 star-time
6
Description
LUNA 126 star LUNA 128 star ■ Large terminal area

■ Analogue twilight switch with integrated Like LUNA 126 star, however: ■ Brightness value can be set without open-
light sensor ing the device
■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay Integrated replaceable lithium battery
■ Cable feed from the back and from below ■
■ Expanded brightness range enables programming before installation
■ Unloosable screws
■ Large terminal area LUNA 129 star-time ■ Large light exposure angle (approx. 180
■ Brightness value can be set without ■ Digital twilight switch with integrated degrees)
opening the device light sensor and time function for freely- ■ Switching brightness and switching delay
■ Large light exposure angle programmable night switch-off (daily can be set digitally for switching On and
(approx. 180 degrees) program) Off separately
■ Infinitely adjustable switching brightness ■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay ■ Test button
■ Test button ■ Easy programming philosophy ■ Time function can be deactivated
■ Fixed On and Off switching delay ■ Preset night switch-off (23.00 OFF/5.00
ON), lux values and switch delay
LUNA 127 star
■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover
Like LUNA 126 star, however: ■ Cable feed from the back and from below
■ Adjustable On and Off switching delay ■ Unloosable screws
Product selection
Setting range Switch-on delay Switching capacity Additional program Type Article number
at 230 V AC
5–200 lx 40 s 10 A (6 AX) – LUNA 126 star 1260700
5–200 lx 40 s 10 A (6 AX) – LUNA 126 star 1260701*
2–200 lx 2–100 s 16 A (10 AX) – LUNA 127 star 1270700
2–2000 lx 2–100 s 16 A (10 AX) – LUNA 128 star 1280700
2–200 lx 0–10 min 16 A (10 AX) integrated time switch LUNA 129 star-time 1290700
* Adapter plate included
124

Twilight switch
LIGHT Surface-mounted
Technical data
LUNA 129
LUNA 126 star LUNA 127 star LUNA 128 star
star-time
Operating voltage 220–230 V AC
Power consumption 3.5 VA 4.5 VA 2 VA
Setting range 5–200 lx 2–200 lx 2–2000 lx 2–200 lx
Switch-on delay 40 s 2–100 s 0–10 min
Type of contact NO contact
Switch output 230 V
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Switching capacity 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 10 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
6 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ not corrected 1000 VA 2300 VA
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ series-corrected 1000 VA 2300 VA 6
Fluorescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 1000 VA 2300 VA
4 x 7 W, 3 x 11 W, 3 x 15 W, 3 x
20 W, 3 x 23 W
➀ conventional
Adapter plate LUNA star (included with 1260701) 85 49,4
■ Art.No.: 9070486
▶
Details Page 235
118,4
Connection example
LUNA 126 star, LUNA 127 star, LUNA 128 star LUNA 129 star-time
L N L N‘ N
N N
L L
0 15.03.2010

LIGHT
126 15.03.2010 1

LIGHT
Section overview Staircase time switch
Time Setting Push Multi- Switch-off Long-time Zero-cross No standby Type Page
range button voltage pre-warning function switching consumption
input input
DIN-rail, electronic
✓ ✓ 60 min ✓ – ELPA 1 128
– ✓ 60 min ✓ – ELPA 6 128
0.5–20 min 150 mA ✓ – – – – ELPA 3 128
– – – – – ELPA 7 128
DIN-rail, electro-mechanical
ELPA 8 130
1–7 min 50 mA – – – – ✓
ELPA 9 130
7
DIN rail, Switch-off pre-warning
20–60 s – – ✓ – – – ELPA 4 130
Flush-mounted
✓ ✓ 60 min ✓ – ELPA 041 132
0.5–20 min 30 mA
– – – ✓ – ELPA 047 132
0 15.03.2010
127

Staircase time switch
DIN-rail, electronic LIGHT
Staircase time switch electronic
ELPA 1 ELPA 6 ELPA 3
Description
7 Common functions ■ Additional multi-voltage input electrically ELPA 6
■ Staircase time switch, electronic isolated for AC/DC 8...240 V, e.g. für
Like ELPA 1, however:
■ Terminal layout same as ELPA 8 intercoms
■ Advance shut-off warning (two double ■ Without multi-voltage input
■ Extremely accurate
flashes) in accordance with DIN 18015-2 ELPA 3
■ Push button input with electronic
to avoid sudden darkness.
overload protection ■ Additional multi-voltage input electrically
■ Extended function activated via long isolated for AC/DC 8...240 V, e.g. for
■ Automatic 3 or 4 conductor detection
button press. intercoms
(4 conductor with connection for floor
lighting) ■ Immediate secondary switching (staircase ■ Immediate secondary switching
time switch) or prematurely switched off
ELPA 1 ■ Toggle switch for permanent light
(impulse switch with switch-off delay).
■ Zero-cross switching to preserve relay and ■ Electronic impulse switch ELPA 7
lamp ■ Permanent light Like ELPA 3, however:
■ Multi-functional device with 10 available
functions, set at the front of the device ■ Without multi-voltage input
Product selection
Incandescent Multi-function Multi-voltage input Switch-off 3/4 conductors Crossover switch Type Article number
lamp load pre-warning
✓ ✓ Automatic ✓ ELPA 1 0010002
3600 W ✓
– ✓ Automatic ✓ ELPA 6 0060002
✓ – Automatic – ELPA 3 0030002
2300 W –
– – Automatic – ELPA 7 0070002
128

LIGHT DIN-rail, electronic
Technical data
ELPA 1 ELPA 6 ELPA 3 ELPA 7

Width 1 module
Glow lamp load 150 mA
Setting range 0.5–20 min
3/4 conductors Automatic
Switch output Non-floating (230 V)
Flourescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 3600 VA 2300 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➀ parallel-corrected 1200 VA, (120 μF) 400 VA, (42 μF)
Compact energy saving lamps 34 x 7 W, 27 x 11 W, 24 x 15 W, 22 x 23 W 9 x 7 W, 7 x 11 W, 7 x 15 W, 7 x 20 W, 7 x 23 W
16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1) 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Switching capacity
16 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) 10 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Test approvals V
7
➀ conventional
Wall mounting kit 17.5 mm Front panel kit ELPA 1, ELPA 3

■ Art.No.: 9070065 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
▶ ▶
–
Details Page 230 Details Page 228 B2 B3 3
+
AC/DC
8...240 V
L 3
N 4
max. 150 mA
N
L
Connection example
ELPA 1, ELPA 3 ELPA 6, ELPA 7 ELPA 6, ELPA 7
–
3
B2 B3
+
AC/DC 4 4
8...240 V
L 3 L 3 L 3
N 4 N 4 N 4 max. 150 mA
max. 150 mA
max. 150 mA
N N N
L L L
0 15.03.2010
129

DIN-rail, electro-mechanical, switch-off pre-warning LIGHT
Staircase time switch electro-mechanical
*AHRE
%%
'!2
YEARS
.4
.4
!
)%¬ ' 5 ! 2
Description
7 ELPA 8 ■ 4-wire with connection for ELPA 4
■ Staircase time switch, electro- floor lighting ■ Switch-off pre-warning
mechanical ■ 3-wire without floor lighting ■ Additional device for staircase time switch
■ No stand-by consumption ■ retriggerable ELPA 3/ELPA 8 or other brands
■ Reliable due to synchronous motor drive ELPA 9 ■ Suitable for switching incandescent lamps
■ Simple time setting and direct delay time and 230 V AC halogen lamps
readout on scale Like ELPA 8, however: ■ After the lighting period set on the
■ Precision mechanics and therefore exact ■ 3-wire connection and floor lighting, staircase time switch ELPA 3/ELPA 8 has
switching period but without secondary switching (no longer expired, ELPA 4 switches to reduced bright-
■ Very low sensitivity to interference permitted for new systems) ness (approx. 50 %)
■ Toggle switch for permanent light ON ■ Terminal layout same as ELPA 8
Product selection
Incandescent Setting range No standby Switch-off 3/4 conductors Secondary Type Article number
lamp load consumption pre-warning switching
Yes After 30 s ELPA 8 0080002
1–7 min ✓ –
2300 W Only 3 conductor No ELPA 9 0090001
20–60 s – ✓ – Immediate ELPA 4 0040001
130

LIGHT DIN-rail, electro-mechanical, switch-off pre-warning
Technical data

Frequency 50 Hz 50–60 Hz
Width 1 module
Power consumption – 1 VA
Glow lamp load 50 mA –
Setting range 1–7 min 20–60 s
3/4 conductors Yes Only 3 conductor –
Switch output 230 V
Flourescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 2300 VA –
Flourescent lamp load ➀ parallel-corrected 1300 VA, (70 μF) –
Compact energy saving lamps 9 x 7 W, 6 x 11 W, 5 x 15 W, 5 x 20 W –
Switching capacity 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1) 10 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Test approvals V –
7
➀ conventional
Wall mounting kit 17.5 mm Front panel kit ELPA 8

■ Art.No.: 9070065 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
Details ▶Page 228 Details ▶Page 226 3
L 3
N 4
max. 50 mA
N
L
Connection example
3 ELPA 4
4 max. 50 mA
L 3 L 3 L 3
N 4 N N 4 3 L
max. 50 mA
N N N
L L L
0 15.03.2010
131

Flush-mounted LIGHT
Staircase time switch, Flush-mounted
ELPA 047 ELPA 041
Description
ELPA 047 ■ Automatic 3 or 4 conductor detection ■ Advance shut-off warning (two double
■ Flush-mounted staircase time switch, (4 conductor with connection for floor flashes) in accordance with DIN 18015-2
electronic lighting) to avoid sudden darkness
■ Suitable for retrofitting and new ■ Extremely accurate ■ 60 min. extended function activated via
7 ■
installation
Switch or push button connectable, i.e.
■ Immediate secondary switching
ELPA 041
■
long button press
Immediate secondary switching (staircase
existing switches can be used (e.g. when time switch) or prematurely switched off
updating) Like ELPA 047, however: (impulse switch with switch-off delay).
■ Zero-cross circuit for the protection of the ■ Multi-functional device with 12 available ■ Can be connected via push-button or
relay contact functions, set at the front of the device switch
■ Push-button input with electronic ■ Additional multi-voltage input electrically
overload protection isolated for AC/DC 8...240 V, e.g. for
intercoms
Product selection
Incandescent Multi-function Multi-voltage input Switch-off 3/4 conductors Zero-cross Type Article number
lamp load pre-warning switching
– – – Automatic ✓ ELPA 047 0470002
1800 W
✓ ✓ ✓ Automatic ✓ ELPA 041 0410002
132

LIGHT Flush-mounted
Technical data
ELPA 047 ELPA 041

Glow lamp load 30 mA
Setting range 0.5–20 min
3/4 conductors Automatic
Switch output Non-floating (230 V)
Flourescent lamp load ➀ lead-lag circuit 1200 VA
Flourescent lamp load ➀ parallel-corrected 580 VA, (54 μF)
Switching capacity 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 6 AX (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.3)
Test approvals V
IP 20
Protection rating
➀ conventional
7
ELPA 041, ELPA 047 ELPA 047
52 23,5
4
48,4
N L
N
L
Connection example
ELPA 041 ELPA 041
AC/DC *
8...230 V B2 B3
+ –
4
B2 B3
N L
N L N
L
with switch (cannot be used with three-way switch, multi-voltage input switch
N
L
connection)
0 15.03.2010

CLIMATE
134
http

CLIMATE
Section overview Clock thermostats
Program Connection type Operating Max. switching ca- Type of contact Type Page
voltage pacity at 250 V AC
Digital battery version
RAMSES 811 top2 136
2/3 conductors 2 AA batteries 6 (1) A Two way switch
RAMSES 831 top2 136
RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A 140

16 (2) A NO contact
Weekly program
RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S 140
Radio
2 AA batteries
controlled RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1 140
6 (1) A Two way switch RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 142
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2 142
Digital 230 V
RAMSES 812 top2 138
Weekly program 3/4 conductors 230 V AC 6 (1) A Two way switch
RAMSES 832 top2 138
OpenTherm
Weekly program 2 conductor (BUS) 230 V AC 8 (1) A 4 NO contacts RAMSES 855 top2 OT 144
Digital 230 V, DIN-rail 8

RAMSES 366/1 top 146
Terminal screws
Weekly program 230 V AC 10 (2) A Two way switch
max. 4 mm²
RAMSES 366/2 top 146
Analogue battery version

Daily program 2/3 conductors 2 AA batteries 6 (1) A Two way switch RAMSES 784 S 148
Daily/weekly program 2/3 conductors 2 AA batteries 6 (1) A Two way switch RAMSES 784 150
Analogue 230 V
RAMSES 722 S 148
Daily program 3/4 conductors 230 V AC 6 (1) A Two way switch
RAMSES 782 S 148
RAMSES 722 150
Daily/weekly program 3/4 conductors 230 V AC 6 (1) A Two way switch
RAMSES 782 150
Daily program 3/4 conductors 230 V AC 6 (1) A Two way switch RAMSES 721 150
Daily/weekly program 3/4 conductors 230 V AC 6 (1) A Two way switch RAMSES 725 150
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Digital battery version CLIMATE
Digital clock thermostats – battery version
RAMSES 811 top2 RAMSES 831 top2
Description
Common functions ■ Holiday program with reduction phase or RAMSES 811 top2
■ Digital clock thermostat with a low profile date-controlled heating phase for holiday ■ 2 comfort and 2 reduced temperatures can
design for time-dependent monitoring and homes be allocated to each phase
control of room temperature ■ Different control types can be
RAMSES 831 top2
■ Battery version individually set
■ Optimum start option thanks to operating ■ Illuminated display through keystroke
■ Suitable for energy-saving room tempera-
ture control in houses, apartments, heating point and switching differential setting ■ External input for connection of presence
zones, offices, showrooms, factories, medi- option detectors, temperature sensors, floor
cal practices, holiday homes ■ 24 programmable time phases per sensors, window contacts or telephone
program also enable reduction phases remote switches
■ Required temperature set via the rotary dial
during the day ■ Optimisation function for automatic
■ INFO key for viewing important settings
correction of heating start up
8 ■ Quick start-up via 3 basic programs with
individually changeable comfort and
■ Plug-in base for wall or flush-mounted
socket installation ■ 3 comfort and 2 reduction programs can
■ Optional pump protection function be allocated to each phase
reduced temperature
■ Party/ECO program ■ Optional feature to warn when boiler
■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment maintenance required
Product selection
Connection type Program Max. switching Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
capacity number
at 250 V AC
RAMSES 811 top2 8119132
2/3 conductors Weekly program 6 (1) A +6 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries
RAMSES 831 top2 8319132
136

Clock thermostats
CLIMATE Digital battery version
Technical data

Operating voltage 2 AA batteries
Type of contact Two way switch
Max. switching capacity 6 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1), 1 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Adjustable temperature +6 °C … +30 °C
Time based on Quartz
Program Weekly program, daily program, holiday program, 3 basic programs
Number of memory cells 42, max. 24 per program
Control types Pulse width modulation or hysteresis controller
Control period 5–30 min
Control capture range 0.2–5 K
Switch output Floating
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz)
Power reserve Max. 10 min with no loss of time
Battery life approx. 1 year, depending on switching frequency
Accessories 8
Actuator ALPHA 4 External temperature sensor 1 External temperature sensor 2 External temp. sensor IP 65
■ Art.No.: 9070438 (230 V) ■ For RAMSES 831 top2 ■ For RAMSES 831 top2 ■ For RAMSES 831 top2
▶
Details Page 238 ■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Art.No.: 9070192 ■ Art.No.: 9070459
■ Art.No.: 9070439 (24 V) ▶
Details Page 237 Details▶ Page 237 Details▶ Page 237
▶
Details Page 238

95
3 3
1 1
2 2
140 23
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Digital 230 V CLIMATE
Digital clock thermostat – mains version
Description
Common functions ■ Optimum start option thanks to operating RAMSES 832 top2
■ Digital clock thermostat with a low profile point and switching differential setting ■ Illuminated display through keystroke
design for time-dependent monitoring and option ■ External input for connection of presence
control of room temperature ■ 24 programmable time phases per detectors, temperature sensors,
■ Mains version program also enable reduction phases floor sensors, window contacts or
■ Suitable for energy-saving room tempera- during the day telephone remote switches
ture control in houses, apartments, heating ■ Plug-in base for wall or flush-mounted ■ Optimisation function for automatic
zones, offices, showrooms, factories, medi- socket installation correction of heating start up
cal practices, holiday homes ■ Holiday program with reduced temperature ■ 3 comfort and 2 reduction programs can
■ Required temperature set via the rotary dial or date-controlled heating phase be allocated to each phase
■ INFO key for viewing important settings ■ Optional pump protection function
■ Quick start-up via 3 basic programs with ■ Optional feature to warn when boiler
maintenance required
8 individually changeable comfort and
reduced temperature RAMSES 812 top2
■ Party/ECO program ■ 2 comfort and 2 reduction programs can
■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment be allocated to each phase
■ Different control types can be
individually set
Product selection
capacity number
at 250 V AC
RAMSES 812 top2 8120132
3/4 conductors Weekly program 6 (1) A +6 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC
RAMSES 832 top2 8320132
138

Clock thermostats
CLIMATE Digital 230 V
Technical data

Frequency 50 Hz
Control capture range 0.2-5 K
Power reserve 5 hours
Accessories 8
Actuator ALPHA 4 External temperature sensor 1 External temperature sensor 2 External temp. sensor IP 65
■ Art.No.: 9070438 (230 V) ■ For RAMSES 832 top2 ■ For RAMSES 832 top2 ■ For RAMSES 832 top2
▶
Details Page 238 ■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Art.No.: 9070192 ■ Art.No.: 9070459
■ Art.No.: 9070439 (24 V) ▶
Details Page 237 Details ▶Page 237 ▶
Details Page 237
▶
Details Page 238
3 3
2 2
1 1
95
6 6
5 5
4 4
140 23 - +
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Digital clock thermostats – radio controlled
RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1
Description
Common functions ■ Optimum start option thanks to operating RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A
■ Radio-controlled system for room tempera- point and switching differential setting ■ Consisting of a RAMSES 813 top2 HF and
ture control option a REC 11receiver with an NO contact 16(2)
■ The system consists of a digital clock ■ 24 programmable time phases per A/250 V AC for wall installation
thermostat and one receiver program also enable reduction phases
RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S
■ Suitable for energy-saving room tempera- during the day
■ 2 comfort and 2 reduction programs can ■ Consisting of a RAMSES 813 top2 HF
ture control in houses, apartments, heating
and a REC 21 receiver as earthed inter-
8 zones, offices, showrooms, factories, medi-
cal practices, holiday homes ■
be allocated to each phase
Including base for free choice of position mediate connector with an NO contact
16 (2) A/230 V AC
■ Required temperature set via the rotary dial ■ An optionally available plug-in base is
■ INFO key for viewing important settings required for wall installation RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1
■ Quick start-up via 3 basic programs with ■ Holiday program with reduced temperature ■ Consisting of a RAMSES 813 top2 HF
individually changeable comfort and or date-controlled heating phase and a REC 1 receiver with a two-way
reduced temperature ■ Optional pump protection function switch 6 (2) A/250 V AC
■ Party / ECO program ■ Optional feature to warn when boiler
■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment maintenance required
individually set
Product selection
capacity number
at 250 V AC
RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A 8139503
16 (2) A +6 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries
Radio Weekly program RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S 8139505
6 (1) A +6 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1 8139501
140

Clock thermostats
Technical data
Type of contact NO contact Two way switch
6 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1),
1 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Width – 5 modules
8
■ Socket RAMSES RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1
▶
Details Page 238
■ Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V
▶
L N 7 8
Details Page 238
▶
Details Page 238
C1
■ Antenna RAMSES 813/833
▶
Details Page 237 1 2 3 L N
C1 C1
C1 1 2 3
N
L
N L
L
L
Scale drawings
80 30,8 80 36
95
120
120
140 23
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Digital clock thermostats – radio controlled
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2
Description
Common functions ■ Optimum start option thanks to operating ■ Optional feature to warn when boiler
■ Radio-controlled system for room tempera- point and switching differential setting maintenance required
ture control option ■ Optional pump protection function
■ The system consists of one or two digital ■ 24 programmable time phases per ■ 3 comfort and 2 reduction programs can
clock thermostat and one receiver program also enable reduction phases be allocated to each phase.
■ Suitable for energy-saving room tempera- during the day ■ Including base for free choice of position
ture control in houses, apartments, heating ■ Illuminated display through keystroke ■ An optionally available plug-in base is
zones, offices, showrooms, factories, medi- ■ External input for connection of presence required for wall installation
8 ■
cal practices, holiday homes
Required temperature set via the rotary dial
detectors, temperature sensors, floor
sensors, window contacts or telephone
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1
remote switches (can only be used in ■ Consisting of a RAMSES 833 top2 HF
■ INFO key for viewing important settings
connection with optional plug-in base and a REC 1 receiver with a two-way
■ Quick start-up via 3 basic programs with switch 6 (2) A/250 V DC
for wall mounting)
individually changeable comfort and
reduced temperature ■ Optimisation function for automatic RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2
correction of heating start up
■ Party/ECO program ■ Consisting of a RAMSES 833 top2 HF and
■ Holiday program with reduction phase or a 2 channel REC 2 receiver with a two-way
■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment
date-controlled heating phase for holiday switch 6 (2) A/250 V DC per channel
homes
individually set
Product selection
capacity number
at 250 V AC
Radio Weekly program 6 (1) A +6 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries
142

Clock thermostats
Technical data
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2

Width 5 modules
8
Accessories
Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V External temperature sensor 1 Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070438 ■ Art.No.: 9070439 ■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Antenna RAMSES 813/833
▶
Details Page 238 Details ▶ Page 237 Details▶ Page 237
■ External temp. sensor IP65
Details▶ Page 237
■ External temperature sensor 2
Details▶ Page 237
■ Socket RAMSES
Details▶ Page 238
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1, RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2
RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2
L N 7 8 L N 7 8
C1
95
C1 C1 C1 C2 C2
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6
140 23
N N
L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
OpenTherm CLIMATE
RAMSES 855 top2 OT
Description
■ Digital heating control for time-dependent ■ Holiday program with reduction phase or
monitoring and control of room tempera- date-controlled heating phase for holiday
ture homes
■ Open Therm heating controller for 2 or 3 ■ Automatic summer/winter time correction
point control, weather-dependent, service ■ Boiler/run up temperature (control circuit 1)
water and circulation control controlled by switching the burner
■ Selector switch for 8 different types of ■ Feed temperature (control circuit 2)
connection/function controlled via pump or mechanically-
■ Automatic sensor recognition for weather adjustable mixer
or room dependent control, can be ■ 3-point controller with feed sensor
switched manually at any time ■ Time and temperature dependent control
■ 3 different weekly programs of hot water circulation pump.
■ 3 comfort and 2 reduced temperatures can ■ Pump protection function
be allocated to each phase. ■ Hour counter for recording relay switching
■ INFO button for the most important data times e .g. burner running time.
■ RS 232 interface for GSM modem ■ Settable reminder function for heater
■ Additional switching program for service maintenance
water utilisation times ■ Inputs: External sensor (included in set),
■ Adjustable service water storage heating circuit feed sensor (included in
temperature, programmable legionella set), feed or plunge sensor for service
protection water, feed sensor for circulation
■ Party/ECO program
Product selection
8 Connection type Program Max. switching Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
capacity number
at 250 V AC
2 conductor (BUS) Weekly program 8 (1) A +6 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 855 top2 OT 8559132
Technical data
RAMSES 855 top2 OT
Operating voltage 230 V AC Number of memory cells 42, max. 24 per program
Frequency 50-60 Hz Switching hysteresis 2–20 K
Type of contact 4 NO contacts Mixer runtime 2–10 min
Max. switching capacity 8 (1) A Switch output Floating
Adjustable temperature +6 °C … +30 °C Power reserve 4 hours
Feed temperature limit +40 °C … +90 °C Type of protection IP 20
Connection type 2 conductor (BUS) Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Program Weekly program
144

Clock thermostats
CLIMATE OpenTherm
Accessories
Plunge sensor RAMSES Flow temperature sensor RAMSES OT Center GSM modem
Scale drawings
RAMSES 855 top2 OT

95
140 23
Connection example
8
RAMSES 855 top2 OT RAMSES 855 top2 OT RAMSES 855 top2 OT + OT-Center
– +
RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
– +
OT-Box
N N N
L L L
L L L
Additional connection diagrams at www.theben.de
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Digital 230 V, DIN-rail CLIMATE
Digital clock thermostat – zone control
RAMSES 366/1 top RAMSES 366/2 top
Description
Common functions ■ Manual switching pre-selection and RAMSES 366/1 top

■ Digital clock thermostat for time- operation mode selector for: Automatic ■ Zone control, 1 zone
dependent control of room temperature mode, comfort mode, reduction mode, frost ■ 1 external temperature sensor required
■ Daily/weekly program can be set to the protection mode
■ PIN coding RAMSES 366/2 top
minute
■ Date-controlled holiday program ■ Connection for telephone remote control ■ Zone control, 2 zones
■ Programming displayed graphically by a for switching to comfort mode or frost ■ 2 external temperature sensors required
bar arrangement in the LCD protection mode
■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment ■ LED display of active operating status as
well as relay status
8 Product selection
Number of channels Program Max. switching Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
capacity number
at 250 V AC
1 Weekly program 10 (2) A +6 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 366/1 top 3660002
2 Weekly program 10 (2) A +6 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 366/2 top 3660052
146

Clock thermostats
CLIMATE Digital 230 V, DIN-rail
Technical data

Program Weekly program, daily program, holiday program
Number of memory cells 42
Width 6 modules
Accessories
External temperature sensor 1 External temperature sensor 2 External temp. sensor IP 65 Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Art.No.: 9070192 ■ Art.No.: 9070459 ■ Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V
Page 237 ▶
Details Page 238 8
▶
Details Page 238
Connection example
4 5 6 7 8 9 L 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 L
** **
1 2 3 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 N
* * *
N N
L L
L L
* Control of circulation pump, electronic actuator, thermal mixer valve or oil/gas burner
** Connection for separate telephone remote switch
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostats
Analogue battery version, analogue 230 V CLIMATE
Analogue clock thermostat - segments
RAMSES 784 S
Description
Common functions RAMSES 784 S RAMSES 722 S

■ Analogue clock thermostat with a low pro- ■ With batteries for 2 or 3 conductor ■ Mains version
file design for time-dependent monitoring connection ■ Segment program disc with daily program
and control of room temperature. ■ Battery monitoring with battery replace- ■ Synchronous motor drive
■ Operating point and electronic recirculation ment indicator via flashing LED
RAMSES 782 S
are set from the front ■ Silting and pump protection function
■ Party switch and program display (option) ■ Mains version
■ Electronic temperature control ■ Quartz mechanism ■ Segment program disc with daily program
■ Normal and reduced temperature can be ■ Segment program disc with daily program ■ Quartz mechanism, 3 day power reserve
set separately
■ Selector switch for operating mode: con-
tinuous reduced temperature, continuous
normal temperature, automatic mode, frost
8 and plant protection +6 °C
Product selection
Power reserve Connection type Program Type of contact Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
number
2/3 conductors Daily program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries RAMSES 784 S 7840801
–
3/4 conductors Daily program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 722 S 7220801
3 days 3/4 conductors Daily program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 782 S 7820801
148

Clock thermostats
CLIMATE Analogue battery version, analogue 230 V
Technical data
RAMSES 784 S RAMSES 722 S RAMSES 782 S

Operating voltage 2 AA batteries 230 V AC
Frequency – 50 Hz 50–60 Hz
Switching differential 0.4–1.2 K
Setting range +10 °C … +30 °C
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) Synchronised with mains ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz)
Display 1 LED-Battery monitoring 1 LED Heating
Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V Additional accessories RAMSES 784 S, RAMSES 722 S, RAMSES 782 S 8
■ Art.No.: 9070438 ■ Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V
▶ ▶
29,5
Details Page 238 Details Page 238
■ Adapter RAMSES 72x/78x
Details ▶ Page 236
90
150 35,5
Connection example
RAMSES 784 S RAMSES 784 S RAMSES 722 S, RAMSES 782 S RAMSES 722 S, RAMSES 782 S
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4
5 5
+ - + -
N N N N
L L L L
L L L L
0 15.03.2010

Clock thermostat
Analogue battery version, analogue 230 V CLIMATE
Analogue clock thermostat - tappet
RAMSES 784 RAMSES 721
Description
Common functions ■ Quartz mechanism RAMSES 721

■ Analogue clock thermostat with a low pro- ■ Tappet program disc with daily or weekly ■ Mains version
file design for time-dependent monitoring program ■ Reduced temperature approx. 5 K lower in
and control of room temperature. RAMSES 722 relation to the set comfort temperature
■ Operating point and electronic ■ Tappet program disc with daily program
■ Mains version
recirculation are set from the front ■ Synchronous motor drive
■ Party switch and program display
tinuous reduced temperature, continuous RAMSES 725
■ Electronic temperature control normal temperature, automatic mode, frost
■ Normal and reduced temperature can be and plant protection +6 °C Like RAMSES 722, however:
set separately ■ Tappet program disc with daily or weekly ■ Central control of reduced temperature as
RAMSES 784 program per time program
■ Selector switch for operating mode: con- ■ Synchronous motor drive
8 normal temperature, automatic mode, frost
RAMSES 782
■ Mains version
and plant protection +6 °C
■ With batteries for 2 or 3 conductor con-
nection
normal temperature, automatic mode, frost
■ Battery monitoring with battery replace- and plant protection +6 °C
ment indicator via flashing LED
■ Tappet program disc with daily or weekly
■ Silting and pump protection function program
(option)
■ Quartz mechanism, 3 day power reserve
Product selection
Power reserve Connection type Program Type of contact Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
number
2/3 conductors Daily/weekly program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 2 AA batteries RAMSES 784 7840030
–
3/4 conductors Daily/weekly program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 722 7220030
3 days 3/4 conductors Daily/weekly program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 782 7820030
Daily program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 721 7210030
– 3/4 conductors
Daily/weekly program Two way switch +10 °C … +30 °C 230 V AC RAMSES 725 7250030
150

Clock thermostat
CLIMATE Analogue battery version, analogue 230 V
Technical data
RAMSES 784 RAMSES 722 RAMSES 782 RAMSES 721 RAMSES 725
Operating voltage 2 AA batteries 230 V AC
Frequency – 50 Hz 50–60 Hz 50 Hz
Program Daily/weekly program Daily program Daily/weekly program
Switching differential 0.4–1.2 K 0–1.2 K 0.4–1.2 K 1.5 K
Shortest switching time 20 min, 120 min 20 min 20 min, 120 min
Programmable every 5 min, 30 min 5 min 5 min, 30 min
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) Synchronised with mains ≤ ± 1 s/day (Quartz) Synchronised with mains
Power reserve – 3 days –
Display 1 LED-Battery monitoring 1 LED Heating
Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V Additional accessories 29,5 8

■ Art.No.: 9070438 ■ Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V
Details Page 238
■ Adapter RAMSES 72x/78x
▶
90
Details Page 236
150 35,5
Connection example
RAMSES 722, RAMSES 782, RAMSES 722, RAMSES 782,

RAMSES 784 RAMSES 784 RAMSES 721, RAMSES 725 RAMSES 721, RAMSES 725
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4
5 5
+ - + -
N N N N
L L L L
L L L L
0 15.03.2010

CLIMATE
152
http

CLIMATE
Section overview Room thermostats
Connection type Switching capacity Type of contact Operating voltage Installation type Type Page
at 230 V AC
Mechanical
2/3 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Surface-mounted RAMSES 701 154
RAMSES 702 154
RAMSES 703 154

3/4 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Surface-mounted
RAMSES 704 154
RAMSES 705 154
RAMSES 706 154

4/5 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Surface-mounted
RAMSES 707 154
Heating: 10 (4) A
3/4 conductors Two way switch 230–240 V AC Surface-mounted RAMSES 708 154
Cooling: 5 (2) A
Heating: 10 (4) A
4/5 conductors Two way switch 230–240 V AC Surface-mounted RAMSES 709 154
Cooling: 5 (2) A
2/3 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 741 156
4/5 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 746 156
Heating: 10 (4) A
3/4 conductors Two way switch 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 748 156
Cooling: 5 (1) A
2/3 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 741 RA 156
4/5 conductors 10 (4) A NC contact 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 746 RA 156
Heating: 10 (4) A
9
3/4 conductors Two way switch 230–240 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 748 RA 156
Cooling: 5 (1) A
Electronic
2/3 conductors 8A NC contact 230 V AC Surface-mounted RAMSES 714 158
RAMSES 714 A 158

4/5 conductors 16 A NC contact 230 V AC Surface-mounted
RAMSES 714 A/FH 158
5 conductor 16 (4) A NO contact 230 V AC Flush-mounted RAMSES 751 RA 158
0 15.03.2010

Room thermostats
Mechanical CLIMATE
Mechanical room thermostat – surface-mounted
RAMSES 701 RAMSES 706 RAMSES 707
Description
Common functions RAMSES 703 RAMSES 707

■ Room temperature controller with thermal ■ Internal setting: Temperature cannot be ■ Switch for heating ON/OFF
feedback set externally. Temperature is set inside the ■ Switch for additional heating ON/OFF +
■ Suitable for all types of heating, e. g. gas, device at start-up indicator lamp
water, electric heating with central/indi- ■ Integrated temperature reduction (approx.
RAMSES 708
vidual room control 4 K) possible via control with timer
■ Setting controller with mechanical setting ■ Also suitable for air conditioning equip-
RAMSES 704 ment
limit or detection
■ Switch for additional heating ON/OFF + ■ Heating/cooling two-way switch
RAMSES 701 indicator lamp
RAMSES 709
■ See general description RAMSES 705
■ Also suitable for air conditioning equip-
RAMSES 702 ■ Switch for heating ON/OFF ment
9 ■ Integrated temperature reduction (approx.
4 K) possible via control with timer
RAMSES 706 ■
■
Heating/cooling two-way switch
3-way selector switch for: comfort mode,
■ Switch for heating ON/OFF + indicator
reduction mode, external reduction
lamp
■ Indicator lamp
■ Integrated temperature reduction (approx.
4 K) possible via control with timer ■ Integrated temperature reduction (approx.
Product selection
Connection type Type of contact Switching capacity Setting range Operating voltage Type Article
at 230 V AC number
2/3 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 701 7010001
RAMSES 702 7020001
RAMSES 703 7030001
3/4 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC
RAMSES 704 7040001
RAMSES 705 7050001
RAMSES 706 7060001
4/5 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC
RAMSES 707 7070001
Heating: 10 (4) A
3/4 conductors Two way switch +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 708 7080001
Cooling: 5 (2) A
Heating: 10 (4) A
Cooling: 5 (2) A
154

Room thermostats
CLIMATE Mechanical
Technical data
RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES RAMSES

701 702 703 704 705 706 707
Type of contact NC contact Two way switch
Heating: 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Switching 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6), ,
capacity Cooling: 5 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
2 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Control accuracy approx. 1 K, thermal recirculation
Test approvals V
Colour Pure white (similar to RAL 9010)
Installation type Surface-mounted
Adapter plate RAMSES 70x 28
■ Art.No.: 9070480 24
▶
Details Page 236 75 70,7 5,5
9
Connection example
RAMSES 701 RAMSES 702, RAMSES 703 RAMSES 704 RAMSES 705
TA
5 TA 6 6
2 RF 2 5 5
1 1 > 2 RF 2
>
N N N N >
RF >
N N N N RF
N N N N
L L L L
L L L L
RAMSES 706 RAMSES 707 RAMSES 708 RAMSES 709
TA 5
6 6 3 3 TA
5 5 2 2
2 2 RF 1 > 1 >
N > N N N
> RF
N RF N N N RF
N N N N
L L L L
L L L L
0 15.03.2010

Room thermostats
Mechanical CLIMATE
Mechanical room thermostat
RAMSES 741 RAMSES 741 RA RAMSES 746 RA
Description
Common functions RAMSES 746 RAMSES 741 RA

■ Room temperature controller with thermal ■ Switch for heating ON/OFF + indicator ■ With frame, central part and setting button
feedback lamp
RAMSES 746 RA
■ Setting controller with mechanical setting ■ External temperature reduction (approx.
limit or detection 4 K) possible via control with timer ■ External temperature reduction (approx.
■ Central part fits nearly all frames using an ■ Supplied as replacement device without
adapter frame from the switch manufac- frame, central part and setting button, incl. ■ With frame, central part and setting button
turer protective cap ■ Switch for heating ON/OFF + indicator
■ Ideal controller for refurbished and new ■ Frame, central part and setting button lamp
build properties available as accessories RAMSES 748 RA
RAMSES 741 RAMSES 748 ■ Heating/cooling two-way switch
■ Supplied as replacement device without ■ Heating/cooling two-way switch ■ With frame, central part and setting button
9 frame, central part and setting button, incl. ■ Supplied as replacement device without
protective cap frame, central part and setting button, incl.
■ Frame, central part and setting button protective cap
available as accessories ■ Frame, central part and setting button
available as accessories
Product selection
Scope of delivery Connection type Type of contact Switching capacity Setting range Operating Type Article
at 230 V AC voltage number
2/3 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 741 7410130
Without cover 4/5 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 746 7460130
Heating: 10 (4) A
Cooling: 5 (1) A
2/3 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 741 RA 7410131
With cover 4/5 conductors NC contact 10 (4) A +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 746 RA 7460131
Heating: 10 (4) A
3/4 conductors Two way switch +5 °C … +30 °C 230–240 V AC RAMSES 748 RA 7480131
Cooling: 5 (1) A
156

Room thermostats
CLIMATE Mechanical
Technical data

RAMSES 741 RAMSES 746 RAMSES 748 RAMSES 748 RA
RA RA
Type of contact NC contact Two way switch NC contact Two way switch
Heating: Heating:
10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Max. switching 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) 10 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
capacity 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) Cooling: 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) Cooling:
5 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1), 5 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
1 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6) 1 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Control accuracy approx. 0.5 K, thermal recirculation
Test approvals V
Colour – Pure white shiny (similar to RAL 9010)
Installation type Flush-mounted
Type of protection – IP 30
Additional accessories RAMSES 741, RAMSES 746, RAMSES 748

■ Central part RAMSES 741/748 70,6
▶
45
Details Page 238 50 24,5 19
■ Central part RAMSES 746
▶
Details Page 239
9
■ Frame RAMSES 74x
▶
Details Page 238
80,5
50,5
56
60
Connection example
RAMSES 741, RAMSES 741 RA RAMSES 746, RAMSES 746 RA RAMSES 748, RAMSES 748 RA
L
L TA TA
L
> > >
RF RF RF
N N N
N N N
L L L
L L
0 15.03.2010

Room thermostats
Electronic CLIMATE
Electronic room thermostats – flush-mounted
RAMSES 714 RAMSES 714 A RAMSES 751 RA
Description
RAMSES 714 RAMSES 714 A RAMSES 751 RA

■ Electronic room thermostats for all types Like RAMSES 714, however: ■ Electronic room temperature controller
of heating, e. g. gas, water, electric heating with remote temperature sensor for under-
etc. ■ External temperature sensor for underfloor floor temperature control
heating (wet rooms or bathroom heating)
■ Individual room control possible in combi- ■ Display of temperature reduction and
nation with Theben actuators ■ Switchable for the connection of available heating ON
NTC sensors (33 KΩ/25 °C)
■ Heating status display via LED ■ 2-pole mains switch for heating ON/OFF
■ Switch for heating ON/OFF
■ External temperature reduction ■ Emergency mode in case of sensor failure
(approx. 3.5 K) is possible via control with RAMSES 714 A/FH with 30 % heating
timer Temperature reduction can be cut to ■ Setting controller with mechanical setting
Like RAMSES 714 A, however:
2 K by opening a wire bridge limit or detection
■ Equipped with selectable underfloor ■ External temperature reduction (3 or 5 K)
heating temperature limits 40 °C (tiles) or possible via control with timer
30 °C (laminates, wood, cork)
■ Central part fits nearly all frames using
■ No sensor changeover an adapter frame from the switch manu-
9 facturer
Product selection
Connection type Type of contact Switching capacity Setting range Installation type Type Article
at 230 V AC number
2/3 conductors NC contact 8 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1) +5 °C … +30 °C Surface-mounted RAMSES 714 7140002
+10 °C … +60 °C Surface-mounted RAMSES 714 A 7140016
4/5 conductors NC contact 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
+5 °C … +40 °C Surface-mounted RAMSES 714 A/FH 7140017
5 conductor NO contact 16 (4) A +10 °C … +50 °C Flush-mounted RAMSES 751 RA 7510131
158

Room thermostats
CLIMATE Electronic
Technical data
RAMSES 714 RAMSES 714 A RAMSES 714 A/FH RAMSES 751 RA

Frequency 50 Hz
Type of contact NC contact NO contact
Max. switching 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1),
8 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1) 16 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 1)
capacity 4 A (at 230 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Setting range +5 °C … +30 °C +10 °C … +60 °C +5 °C … +40 °C +10 °C … +50 °C
Control accuracy ± 0.25 K ± 0.5 K
Control mode – Proportional controller with PWM (continuous type)
Colour Pure white (similar to RAL 9010)
Installation type Surface-mounted Flush-mounted
Accessories
Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V Adapter plate RAMSES 714
■ Art.No.: 9070438 ■ Art.No.: 9070439 ■ For RAMSES 714, RAMSES 714 A,
Page 238 RAMSES 714 A/FH
■ Art.No.: 9070212, Details Page 236 ▶
Scale drawings
RAMSES 714
28
RAMSES 714 A, RAMSES 714 A/FH
32,6
RAMSES 751 RA
80,5
9
23,3 27,9 70,6
74 5 74 5 56 45
50 28 17
67
67
50,5
3 2
4
f
5
60
Connection example
RAMSES 714 RAMSES 714 A, RAMSES 714 A/FH RAMSES 751 RA
16 A
8A
N N L L
N
L L
N N N L
C1 C1
1 2 3 N 1 2 3 N
N N N
L L L
L L L
0 15.03.2010

CLIMATE
160
http

CLIMATE
Section overview Sensor technology
Sensor technology
CO2 sensor with USB interface

AMUN 716 USB 162
Graphic display of CO2 levels on PC
CO2 sensor for ventilation control and monitoring of air quality in the room
AMUN 716 R 162
with switch and analog outputs
Hygrostat for wall installation

SOTHIS 715 164
for control of humidifiers or ventilation and dehumidifier systems
10
0 15.03.2010

Sensor technology
Sensor technology CLIMATE
CO2 sensors
AMUN 716 USB AMUN 716 R
Description
Common functions ■ Logfile of CO2 level can be saved AMUN 716 R

■ CO2 sensor ■ Saves automatically during extended ■ For fan control
■ Suitable for conference and meeting recordings ■ Warning display for CO2 concentration
rooms, offices, schools/nurseries, passive ■ Graphic display of CO2 levels on PC (lights)
and low-energy housing. ■ Representation of course of last ■ Power unit optionally available. Power unit
80 minutes using diagrams is suitable for flush mounted installation
AMUN 716 USB
■ Additional display of current CO2 level on ■ Simple upgrade of uncontrolled
■ Simple installation and start-up on PC via directly sensor via 5 LEDs ventilation systems possible
USB interface
■ Adjustable acoustic alarm threshold ■ 2 switch outputs CO2 controlled for
■ Software for Windows 98 SE/ME/2000/XP
2 stage control, with manual and auto-
■ Acoustic and visual warning signals on matic mode as well as display of switching
reaching the threshold value status
■ 3 x 0–10 V outputs for CO2, temperature
and relative humidity
10 Product selection
Measuring range Data interface Display Protection class Type Article

number
USB 5 LEDs III in accordance with EN 60 730-1 AMUN 716 USB 7169101
0–2000 ppm
3 x 0–10 V, 2 x Relay 6 LEDs II in accordance with EN 60 730-1 AMUN 716 R 7160101 *
*Available May 2010
162

Sensor technology
CLIMATE Sensor technology
Technical data
AMUN 716 USB AMUN 716 R

Operating voltage 5 V DC via USB bus voltage 24 V DC SELV
Outputs USB 3 x 0–10 V, 2 x Relay
Max. switching capacity – 5A
Measuring range CO2 0–2000 ppm
Measuring range temperature – +5 °C … +40 °C
Measuring range humidity – 20–100 % rH
Hysteresis – ± 75 ppm, in relation to set value
Switched threshold – 700 ppm ±200 ppm, 1300 ppm ±200 ppm
Connection type USB, cable length 1.5 m –
Display 5 LEDs 6 LEDs
Installation type – Wall installation (also on flush-mounted housing)
Protection class III in accordance with EN 60,730-1 II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
■ Power unit CO2sensor AMUN 716 USB AMUN 716 R

Details▶ Page 236 80 30,8 95 30
97
120
10
0 15.03.2010
http

Sensor technology
Sensor technology CLIMATE
SOTHIS 715
Description
■ Hygrostat for wall installation ■ Use SELV where there is a risk of high
■ Measurement of relative humidity. Suitable humidity and the build up of condensation
for control of humidifiers or ventilation and
dehumidifier systems
Product selection
Measuring range Type of contact Switching capacity Switching capacity Type Article
Humidifier Dehumidifying number
35–100 % rF Two way switch 2A 5A SOTHIS 715 7150002
Technical data
SOTHIS 715
Operating voltage 230 V AC Colour Pure white (similar to RAL 9010)

Frequency 50–60 Hz Installation type Wall installation
Max. switching capacity Type of protection IP 30
5A
Dehumidifying
Max. switching capacity Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
2A
Humidifier
Accessories: Scale drawings Connection example
10 Adapter plate RAMSES 714 28
■ Art.No.: 9070212 23,3
Details▶ Page 236 74 5

4 2 1
67
N
L1
L2
164

Sensor technology
CLIMATE Sensor technology
10
0 15.03.2010
http

SYSTEMS
166
http

SYSTEMS
Section overview KNX
Designation Type page

Actuators
Actuators C load 4-12 channels MIX 2 RMG 4 I KNX/RME 4 I KNX 168
Actuators 8-24 channels MIX 2 RMG 8 S KNX/RME 8 S KNX 169
Actuators C load 4-12 channels MIX 1 RMG 4 C-Load KNX/RME 4 C-Load KNX 170
Actuators 4-12 channels MIX 1 RMG 4 S KNX/RME 4 S KNX 171
Switch or blind actuators 4-16 channels RMG 8 KNX/RME 8 KNX 172
Dimming actuators
Control units 2-6 channels MIX 1 SMG 2 S KNX/SME 2 S KNX 173
Universal dimming actuators 2-6 channels MIX 1 DMG 2 S KNX/ DME 2 S KNX/DMB 2 S KNX 174
Blind actuators
Blind actuators 4-12 channels MIX 1 JMG 4 S KNX/JME 4 S KNX 176
Blind actuators 4-12 channels JMG 4 24V DC KNX/JME 4 24V DC KNX 177
Binary inputs
Binary inputs 6-18 channels MIX 1 BMG 6 KNX/BME 6 KNX 178
Binary inputs for flush-mounted sockets TA 2 KNX/TA 4 KNX/TA 6 KNX 179
Heating and air conditioning control

multifunction display VARIA 826 KNX/824 KNX 180
Room thermostat and individual room thermostat RAMSES 770 KNX/713 S KNX/712 KNX 181
Heating actuators HMG 4 KNX/HME 4 KNX/HMT 6 KNX/HMT 12 KNX 184
Motor-driven actuators CHEOPS control KNX/ CHEOPS drive KNX 186
CO2 Room air sensor AMUN 716 KNX 187
Individual room thermostat Fan-Coil and Fan-Coil actuator RAMSES 713 FC KNX/FCA 1 KNX 188
Presence and motion detectors
Motion detector SPHINX 331 KNX/332 KNX/105-300 KNX 190
compact office EIB/compact passage KNX/compact pas-
Passive infrared presence detector simo KNX/ECO-IR 180EIB-AC 192
ECO-IR 360EIB-AC/ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
Weather station, brightness sensors
KNX weather stations
Brightness sensors and temperature sensors
KNX weather station/KNX weather station basic
LUNA 130 KNX/131 KNX/133 KNX
200
201
11
Time switches
4 channel time switches with annual program TR 644 S DCF KNX/TR 644 S KNX 204
2 channel time switch with weekly program TR 612 S KNX 206
System devices
Time signal transmitter ZS 600 DF KNX 207
Supply voltage Power supply 640 mA/320 mA/160 mA 208
Interface and line coupler USB interface KNX/ line coupler KNX 209
Display units
KNX indoor clock OSIRIA 210

0 15.03.2010 167

Switch actuators
KNX SYSTEMS
Actuators C load 4–12 channels MIX 2
RMG 4 I KNX RME 4 I KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Manual set-up and use of switching actua- RMG 4 I KNX
■ 4-way C load switching actuator MIX 2 tors is possible without KNX bus module ■ Basic module MIX 2
■ With current recognition ■ LED switching status display for each ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 12
■ For higher lamp loads channel channels
■ Up to two extension modules MIX 1 or ■ Manual operation on device (even without
RME 4 I KNX
MIX 2 can be connected to one basic bus connection)
Switching functions: E.g. On/Off, pulse, On/ ■ Extension module MIX 2
module ■
Off delay, staircase light with warning ■ For upgrading to maximum of 12 channels
■ Device and KNX bus module can be
swapped independently of each other ■ Logical links: e.g. lock, AND, release, OR
■ Removable KNX bus module enables
devices to be changed without repro-
gramming
Product selection Technical data
Type Article number RMG 4 I KNX RME 4 I KNX

RMG 4 I KNX 4930210* Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
RME 4 I KNX 4930215* Operating voltage 100–240 V AC, 0–65 Hz
*Available June 2010 Power consumption 3 VA 2.5 VA
Width 4 modules
NO contact, 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Type of contact
11 Ambient temperature
16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
–5 °C…+45 °C
Connection example
RMG 4 I KNX RME 4 I KNX
3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
C1 C2 C1 C2
7 8 9 10 7 8 9 10
C3 C4 C3 C4
KNX
L N L N
N N
L L
L L
168

Switch actuators
SYSTEMS KNX
Actuators 8–24 channels MIX 2
RMG 8 S KNX RME 8 S KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Manual set-up and use of switching actua- RMG 8 S KNX
■ 8-way switching actuator MIX 2 tors is possible without KNX bus module ■ Basic module MIX 2
■ Up to two extension modules MIX 1 or ■ LED switching status display for each ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 24
MIX 2 can be connected to one basic channel channels
module ■ Manual operation on device (even without
RME 8 S KNX
■ Device and KNX bus module can be bus connection)
swapped independently of each other ■ Switching functions: E.g On/Off, pulse, On/ ■ Extension module MIX 2
■ Removable KNX bus module enables Off delay, staircase light with warning ■ For upgrading to maximum of 24 channels
devices to be changed without reprogram- ■ Logical links: e.g. lock, AND, release, OR
ming
Type Article number RMG 8 S KNX RME 8 S KNX

RMG 8 S KNX 4930220* Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
RME 8 S KNX 4930225* Operating voltage 100–240 V AC, 0–65 Hz
*Available June 2010 Power consumption 3.6 VA 3 VA
Width 4 modules
Type of contact
3 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C 11

Connection example
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C1 C2 C3 C4 C1 C2 C3 C4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
C5 C6 C7 C8 C5 C6 C7 C8
KNX
L N
N N
L L
L L

www.theben.de/product/ Article number
0 15.03.2010 169

Switch actuators
KNX SYSTEMS
Actuators C load 4–12 channels MIX 1
RMG 4 C-Load KNX RME 4 C-Load KNX
Description
Common functions ■ LED switching status display for each RMG 4 C-Load KNX
■ 4-way C load switching actuator MIX 1 channel ■ Basic module MIX 1
■ For higher lamp loads ■ Manual switch with On/Off/Bus settings ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 12
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be con- (also without bus voltage) channels
nected to a basic module. ■ Switching functions: e.g. On/Off, pulse, On/
RME 4 C-Load KNX
■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series Off delay, staircase light with warning
Logical links: e.g. lock,AND, release, OR ■ Extension module MIX 1
devices ■
■ For upgrading to maximum of 12 channels
■ Free combination of switches, dimming,
blinds and heating control as well as
binary inputs
Type Article number RMG 4 C-Load KNX RME 4 C-Load KNX

RMG 4 C-Load KNX 4910206 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
RME 4 C-Load KNX 4910207 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
Type of contact
16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
11 Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C

Connection example
RMG 4 C-Load KNX RME 4 C-Load KNX
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C1 C2 C3 C4 C1 C2 C3 C4
KNX
L N L N
N N
L L
L L
170

Switch actuators
SYSTEMS KNX
Actuators 4–12 channels MIX 1
Description
Common functions ■ LED switching status display for each RMG 4 S KNX
■ 4-way switching actuator MIX 1 channel ■ Basic module MIX 1
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be con- ■ Manual switch with On/Off/Bus settings ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 12
nected to a basic module. (also without bus voltage) channels
■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series ■ Switching functions: e.g. On/Off, pulse, On/
RME 4 S KNX
devices Off delay, staircase light with warning
Logical links: e.g. lock,AND, release, OR ■ Extension module MIX 1
■ Free combination of switches, dimming, ■
blinds and heating control as well as ■ For upgrading to maximum of 12 channels

binary inputs
Type Article number RMG 4 S KNX RME 4 S KNX

RMG 4 S KNX 4910204 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
RME 4 S KNX 4910205 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
Type of contact
10 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C
Protection rating IP 20 11
Connection example
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C1 C2 C3 C4 C1 C2 C3 C4
KNX
L N L N
N N
L L
L L

0 15.03.2010 171

Switch actuators
KNX SYSTEMS
Switch or blind actuators 4–16 channels
RMG 8 KNX RME 8 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Manual switch for Up/Down or for Switch- RMG 8 KNX
■ 4-way blind or 8-way switching actuator ing On/Off (also without bus voltage) ■ Basic module
■ Flexible channel function selection: As ■ Optimised repetition accuracy of pro- ■ Upgradeable to 8 blind or
switching actuator or for controlling drives grammed lamella positions 16 switching outputs
for blinds, shutters, sun and vision protec- ■ Slip correction when moving from bottom
RME 8 KNX
tion devices, skylights and ventilation flaps to top
■ Manual operation on device ■ Extension module
■ LED switching status display on device ■ Upgradeable to 8 blind or
16 switching outputs
Type Article number RMG 8 KNX RME 8 KNX

RMG 8 KNX 4900251 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 8 mA) –
RME 8 KNX 4900252 Operating voltage 230–240 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 6 modules
NO contacts, 10 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Type of contact
6 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
11 Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Connection example
RMG 8 KNX RME 8 KNX
2 3 6 7 L N 2 3 6 7 L N
C1.1 C1.2 C2.1 C2.2 C1.1 C1.2 C2.1 C2.2
C3.1 C3.2 C4.1 C4.2 C3.1 C3.2 C4.1 C4.2

KNX
10 11 14 15 10 11 14 15
N N
L L
L L
172

Dimming actuators
SYSTEMS KNX
Control units 2–6 channels MIX 1
SMG 2 S KNX SME 2 S KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Free combination of switches, dimming, ■ With zero-cross switching for switching
■ 2-way 1–10 V control unit MIX 1 blinds and heating control as well as without relays
Switching and dimming of lighting circuits binary inputs
■ SMG 2 S KNX
in combination with electronic ballasts ■ 1–10V control inputs and one switch
output (relay contact) per channel ■ Basic module MIX 1
(EBs)
LED switching status display for each ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 6 chan-
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be con- ■
nels
nected to a basic module. channel
■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series ■ Manual switch with On/Off/Bus settings SME 2 S KNX
devices (also without bus voltage) ■ Extension module MIX 1
Type Article number SMG 2 S KNX SME 2 S KNX

SMG 2 S KNX 4910273 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
SME 2 S KNX 4910274 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
NO contacts, 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1),
Type of contact
10 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Protection rating
Protection class
IP 20
II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
11
Connection example
SMG 2 S KNX
1 – 3 4 + – 7 8 + – – 1
2 + C1 C1 C2 C2 + 2
EVG EVG
3 L1 L1 3
4 N N 4
KNX
L N
N
L
L

0 15.03.2010 173

Dimming actuators
KNX SYSTEMS
Universal dimming actuators 2–6 channels MIX 1
DMG 2 S KNX DME 2 S KNX DMB 2 S KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Dimming output: 2 x 300 W/VA or DME 2 S KNX

■ 2-way universal dimmer actuator MIX 1 1 x 500 W/VA ■ Extension module MIX 1
■ For dimming incandescent lamps, LV and ■ If the DMB 2 'dim booster' is used, the ■ For upgrading to maximum of 6 channels
HV halogen lamps dimming output per device can be doubled
to: 2 x 600 W/VA or 1 x 1,000 W/VA DMB 2 S KNX
■ Also suitable for switching of dimmable
energy-saving lamps ■ LED switching status display for each ■ 2 channel dimming output upgrade 'Dim-
channel mbooster'
■ Also suitable for controlling fans
■ Manual switch with On/Off/Bus settings ■ To double the output of basic and
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be con-
(also without bus voltage) extension modules. e.g. to:
nected to a basic module.
■ Automatic load detection (can be deacti- 2 x 600 W/VA (1 channel) or 1 x 1,000 W/
■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series
vated) VA (2 channels)
devices
■ LED switching status display for each
■ Free combination of switches, dimming, DMG 2 S KNX
channel
blinds and heating control as well as ■ Basic module MIX 1
binary inputs
■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 6
channels
Product selection
Type Article number
DMG 2 S KNX 4910270

11 DME 2 S KNX 4910271
DMB 2 S KNX 4910272
Technical data

Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Power consumption 1 VA 0.5 VA
Width 4 modules
Incandescent lamps, low-voltage and high-voltage halogen lights, dimmable Incandescent lamps, low-voltage and
Lamp types
Compact energy saving lamps high-voltage halogen lights
174

Dimming actuators
SYSTEMS KNX

Min. switching capacity 10 W/VA 300 W
Max symmetrical switching capac-
2 x 300 W/VA Upgrade to 2 x 300 W/VA
ity
Max asymmetrical switching
1 x 500 W/VA Upgrade to 1 x 500 W/VA
capacity
Switching capacity energy saving
max. 2 x 60 W or 1 x 100 W –
lamps
Connection example
DMG 2 S KNX DME 2 S KNX
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
L L L L
C1 C2 C1 C2
KNX
≤500 W ≤500 W
N N
L L
DMG 2 S KNX DME 2 S KNX
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
L L L L
C1 C2 C1 C2
KNX
≤300 W ≤300 W
N
L
L
≤300 W ≤300 W
N
L
11
L
DMB 2 S KNX
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
L L L L
C1 C2 C1 C2
DMG 2 KNX DMB 2 KNX
KNX
≤600 W ≤600 W
N
L
L

0 15.03.2010 175

Blind actuators
KNX SYSTEMS
Blind actuators 4–12 channels MIX 1
JMG 4 S KNX JME 4 S KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Free combination of switches, dimming, ■ Copy function for fast configuration
■ 4-way blind actuator MIX 1 blinds and heating control as well as
JMG 4 S KNX
■ For controlling drives for blinds, shutters, binary inputs
Manual operation on device (even without ■ Basic module MIX 1
sun and vision protection devices, skylights ■
bus connection) ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 12
and ventilation flaps
LED Up and Down switching status display channels
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be con- ■
nected to a basic module. for each channel JME 4 S KNX

■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series ■ Floating contacts for Up and Down per ■ Extension module MIX 1
devices channel ■ For upgrading to maximum of 12 channels
Type Article number JMG 4 S KNX JME 4 S KNX

JMG 4 S KNX 4910250 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 8 mA) –
JME 4 S KNX 4910251 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
Type of contact NO contact, 3 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1)

Connection example
JMG 4 S KNX JME 4 S KNX
M M M M
C1 C2 C1 C2
KNX
C3 C4 C3 C4
N L N L
M M M M
N N
L1 L
L2
176

Blind actuators
SYSTEMS KNX
Blind actuators 4–12 channels
JMG 4 24V DC KNX JME 4 24V DC KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Optimised repetition accuracy of pro- JMG 4 24V DC KNX

■ 4-way DC blind actuator grammed lamella positions ■ Basic module
■ For controlling 24 V and 12 Vdrives in ■ Slip correction when moving from bottom ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 8
internal blinds and sun blinds to top channels
■ Manual operation on device ■ Response on bus/mains failure configu-
JME 4 24V DC KNX
■ LED switching status display on device rable
■ 3 security objects (LED display) ■ Extension module
■ Manual switch for Up / Down or for
Switching On / Off (also without bus
voltage)
Type Article number JMG 4 24V DC KNX JME 4 24V DC KNX

JMG 4 24V DC KNX 4900253 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 8 mA) –
JME 4 24V DC KNX 4900254 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 6 modules
Type of contact NO contacts, 5 A (at 24 V DC), 5 A (at 12 V DC)

Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1 11
Connection example
JMG 4 24V DC KNX JME 4 24V DC KNX
2 3 6 7 L N 2 3 6 7 L N
C1.1 C1.2 C2.1 C2.2 C1.1 C1.2 C2.1 C2.2
C3.1 C3.2 C4.1 C4.2 C3.1 C3.2 C4.1 C4.2

KNX
10 11 14 15 10 11 14 15
N N
L L
L L

0 15.03.2010 177

Binary inputs
KNX SYSTEMS
Binary inputs 6–18 channels MIX 1
BMG 6 KNX BME 6 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series ■ LED switching status display for each input
■ 6-way binary input MIX 1 devices
BMG 6 KNX
■ Multi-voltage input 8-250 AC/DC or ■ Free combination of switches, dimming,
blinds and heating control as well as ■ Basic module MIX 1
auxiliary supply from device (approx.
binary inputs ■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 18
18V AC / 20mA)
All inputs can be operated with different channels
■ Floating inputs ■
■ Up to 2 extension modules can be voltages BME 6 KNX

connected to a basic module. ■ Free allocation of functions: Switch/key, ■ Extension module MIX 1
dimming, blinds, valuator, counter ■ For upgrading to maximum of 18 channels
Type Article number BMG 6 KNX BME 6 KNX

BMG 6 KNX 4910230 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
BME 6 KNX 4910231 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
Voltage/power con-
8–250 V AC/DC 3 mA
sumption inputs

Connection example
BMG 6 KNX BME 6 KNX
8 V AC/DC 8 V AC/DC
7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6
KNX
L N L N
I4 I5 I6 I4 I5 I6
13 14 15 16 17 18 13 14 15 16 17 18
N N
L L
L L
178

Binary inputs
SYSTEMS KNX
Binary inputs for flush-mounted sockets
TA 2 KNX TA 4 KNX TA 6 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Inputs can be reconfigured to outputs: TA 4 KNX

■ Binary input/binary output sensor inter- binary input: floating contact | binary out- ■ 4-way key interface
faces put: 1 mA (low current) (LED 1 mA types) ■ 8-pole cable connection
■ Can be installed in flush-mounted sockets ■ Grooves on side of housing for switch/
sensor clamps TA 6 KNX
with conventional sensors/switches
Free allocation of functions: Switch/key, ■ 6-way key interface
■ TA 2 KNX
dimming, blinds, valuator ■ 8-pole cable connection
■ 2-way key interface
■ 4-pole cable connection
Type Article number TA 2 KNX TA 4 KNX TA 6 KNX

TA 2 KNX 4969202 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA)
TA 4 KNX 4969204 Output configuration Low current 1 mA (LED 1 mA types) without
LED series resistor
TA 6 KNX 4969206
Contact voltage 3.3 V
Contact current 0.5 mA
Interface extension
5m
max.
Protection rating IP 20 11
Connection example
TA 2 KNX TA 4 KNX TA 6 KNX
C1 C2 C1 C2 C3 C4
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6
KNX KNX
KNX

0 15.03.2010 179

KNX SYSTEMS
Multifunction display
VARIA 826 KNX VARIA 826 KNX VARIA 824 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Automatic summer/winter time adjustment ■ Weather information from the Theben
■ Multi-functional display with room ther- with power reserve weather station can be displayed
mostat ■ Controls up to 8 rooms via own tempera- ■ Free choice of programming via the ETS
■ Freely configurable for displaying and ture profiles without plug-in
controlling functions e.g. light settings, sun ■ Weekly time switch with 8 channels with ■ Installation in flush-mounted socket
protection systems up to 3 different statuses, e.g. for light,
VARIA 826
■ Illuminated display and integrated timer shutters, fans etc.
3 heating programs ■ Glass front in white or black
■ For control and regulation of heating, fan ■
coils, air conditioning systems ■ Alternative continuous or on/off control VARIA 824
■ Up to 7 different display pages ■ Operation modes: comfort, standby, ■ White plastic housing
■ Can also be operated without 230 V con- temperature reduction at night, frost
nection (double power consumption from protection
bus system)
Colour Type Article number VARIA KNX

Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 8 mA)
Glass front in white VARIA 826 KNX 8269200
Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Glass front in black VARIA 826 KNX 8269201
White plastic housing VARIA 824 KNX 8249200
display with 132 x 72 points (8 lines with various func-
tions) e.g. title, switching, dimming, blinds/shutters, %
Display
11 value, HVAC, counter value, temperature, 2-byte value,
8/16 bit counter value etc.
Ambient temperature +0 °C…+45 °C

Scale drawings
VARIA 826 KNX VARIA 824 KNX
45,6 17
18,1 118
128 4
80
93,4
180

SYSTEMS KNX
RAMSES 770 KNX
Description
■ Room thermostat ■ Operation modes: comfort, standby,

■ For control and regulation of heating, fan temperature reduction at night, frost
coils, air conditioning systems protection
■ Illuminated display ■ Free choice of programming via the ETS
■ Settings with text guidance without plug-in
■ Automatic summer/winter time changeover ■ Installation in flush-mounted socket
■ 3 heating programs ■ External time signal is necessary for
■ Alternative continuous or on/off control synchronisation
Product selection
Type Article number
RAMSES 770 KNX 7709200
Technical data
RAMSES 770 KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) Protection rating IP 20

Ambient temperature +0 °C…+45 °C Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 669
Scale drawings
36,3
82,8 12,4
80,8
11

0 15.03.2010 181

KNX SYSTEMS
RAMSES 713 S KNX
Description
■ Individual room thermostat ■ Manual overide button for presence or

■ For controlling heating actuators or motor- operation modes: comfort, standby,
ised actuators temperature reduction at night, frost
■ Can be used as a continuous or two point protection
control (can also be combined). ■ 3 binary inputs for conventional switches/
■ Continuous PI control can be configured sensors (switching, dimming, blinds), also
for 2 stage heating (basic and additional for external temperature sensor, window
stage, e. g. underfloor heating and radia- contact or presence signal
tors) or for heating and cooling (radiators ■ Temperature sensor can be connected to
and cooling surfaces) give remote temperature reading
■ Two rotary controls are included in ■ LED (red) for heating mode, (blue) for
the scope of supply: a numerical scale cooling mode
(mounted) and 1 relative scale (enclosed) ■ With integrated bus coupling unit
■ Rotary control can be limited mechanically
or via parameters.
Product selection
Type Article number
RAMSES 713 S KNX 7139201
Technical data
RAMSES 713 S KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage (< 10 mA) Adjustable temperature +10 °C…+28 °C
Ambient temperature +0 °C…+50 °C Protection rating IP 20
Measuring range temperature +0 °C…+40 °C II in accordance with EN 60
Protection class
730-1

External temperature sensor 1 Temperature sensor
80 27
■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Art.No.: 9070321
11 ▶
Details Page 237 Details▶ Page 237
84
182

SYSTEMS KNX
RAMSES 712 KNX
Description
■ Individual room thermostat ■ 2 binary inputs for conventional switches/

■ For controlling heating actuators or motor- sensors (switch/sensor, dimmer, blinds,
ised actuators valuator, LED control)
■ Can be used as a continuous or two point ■ Can be installed in flush-mounted sockets
control (can also be combined). (temperature sensor with electronic com-
■ Temperature sensor can be connected give ponent can be removed from housing and
remote temperature reading installed in flush-mounted sockets with
■ Objects for night operation (only with back-ventilated cover)
"old" operation mode selection) presence, ■ With integrated bus coupling unit
window/frost
■ LED (red) for heating mode
■ Inputs can be reconfigured to outputs for
connecting LED (LED 1 mA types)
Product selection
Type Article number
RAMSES 712 KNX 7129200
Technical data
RAMSES 712 KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage (< 10 mA) Measuring range temperature –20 °C…+60 °C
Low current 1 mA Protection rating IP 20
Output configuration LED
(LED 1 mA types)
II in accordance with EN 60
Interface extension max. 5m Protection class
730-1
Accessories
Temperature sensor Adapter plate RAMSES 70x
■ Art.No.: 9070321 ■ Art.No.: 9070480
Details Page 236
11
Scale drawings
23,3
74 5
67

0 15.03.2010 183

KNX SYSTEMS
Heating actuators 4–12 channels MIX 1
HMG 4 KNX HME 4 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Maximum control variables for integrating ■ Continuous or switching actuating value
■ 4-way heating actuator MIX 1 boiler control selectable
■ For controlling thermal actuators ■ For integrating boiler control HMG 4 KNX
Silent semiconductor switch (triac) ■ It is possible to control a circulation pump
■
■ Basic module MIX 1
Up to 2 extension modules can be con- directly via the actuator.
■
■ Can be upgraded to maximum of 12
nected to a basic module. ■ Up to 5 positioning actuators per channel
channels
■ Can be combined with all MIX 1 series ■ Floating outputs 24–250 V AC
Manual switch with On/Off/Bus settings HME 4 KNX
devices ■
■ Free combination of switches, dimming, (also without bus voltage) ■ Extension module MIX 1
blinds and heating control as well as ■ Switching status display for each channel ■ For upgrading to maximum of 12 channels
binary inputs ■ With summer mode and valve protection
Type Article number HMG 4 KNX HME 4 KNX

HMG 4 KNX 4910210 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) –
HME 4 KNX 4910211 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
Type of contact Triac, 0.5 A


HMG 4 KNX HME 4 KNX
Details▶ Page 238
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
▶
H1 H2 H3 H4 H1 H2 H3 H4
Details Page 238
KNX
L N L N
N N
L L
L L
184

SYSTEMS KNX
Heating actuators with triacs
HMT 6 KNX HMT 12 KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Screwless terminal technology ■ Continuous or switching actuating value

■ Heating actuator for controlling thermal ■ Integrated power supply for a maximum of selectable
actuators (24 V) 13 thermal actuators HMT 6 KNX
■ Can be installed directly on a wall or a rail ■ Silent semiconductor switch (triac)
■ 6-way heating actuator
in the heating circuit distributor ■ For integrating boiler control
■ Mains plug on transformer for easy instal- ■ Summer mode and valve protection HMT 12 KNX
lation ■ 12-way heating actuator
Type Article number HMT 6 KNX HMT 12 KNX

HMT 6 KNX 4900273 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage ≤ 10 mA
HMT 12 KNX 4900274 Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Type of contact Triac
Fuse T2A
Accessories
Details▶ Page 238
11
Connection example
HMT 6 KNX
1 2 3 4 5 6
KNX
N
L

0 15.03.2010 185

KNX SYSTEMS
Motor-driven modulating actuators
CHEOPS control KNX CHEOPS drive KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Integrated bus coupling unit ■ Configurable as: Heating control (continu-
■ Motorised actuator for heater valve or for ■ With summer mode and valve protection ous control),two stage heating, heating
controlling the heating valves ■ 2 different valve adapters included and cooling
■ Display of valve stroke CHEOPS control KNX CHEOPS drive KNX
■ Automatic valve stroke recognition Without integrated control
■ Independent room thermostat and inte- ■
■ 2 inputs for window contact, presence grated temperature sensor ■ Display via LEDs (red)
detector, remote sensor
■ Manual operation possible via 2 keys on
■ Simple installation by clicking onto valve the device
adapter
■ Display via LEDs (red/blue for hotter/colder)
■ Can be used in heating circuit distributor
Type Article number CHEOPS control KNX CHEOPS drive KNX

CHEOPS control KNX 7329201 Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA)
CHEOPS drive KNX 7319200 Maximum valve stroke 7.5 mm
Controlling torque
120 N
value
11 Protection class III according to EN 60730-2-14

Protection rating IP 20 IP 21
Accessories
External temperature sensor 1 Valve adapter VA 78 Valve adapter VA 80
■ Art.No.: 9070191 ■ Art.No.: 9070436 ■ Art.No.: 9070437
Details▶ Page 237 Details ▶Page 238 Details▶ Page 238
186

SYSTEMS KNX
AMUN 716 KNX
Description
■ CO2 air quality sensor ■ Display of achieved threshold of

■ Measures CO2 level, relative humidity and CO² level and relative humidity through
temperature multi-coloured LEDs
■ Three independent, configurable ■ CO2 Setting range of 500-2250 ppm
thresholds for the CO2 level and relative (threshold)
humidity ■ Relative humidity of 1% to 100%
■ A threshold for the temperature ■ "Physical value" object of 0–9999 ppm
■ Actions can be carried out if thresholds are ■ Power supply via KNX bus voltage, 230 V
exceeded or not reached (send, priority, mains supply not required
switching, value)
Product selection
Type Article number
AMUN 716 KNX 7169200
Technical data
AMUN 716 KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C
Measuring range CO2 500–2550 ppm Protection rating IP 20
Measuring range temperature +0 °C…+40 °C Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Measuring range humidity 20–100 % rH
Accessories
Adapter plate RAMSES 70x
■ Art.No.: 9070480
▶
Details Page 236
11
Scale drawings
23,3
74 5
67

0 15.03.2010 187

KNX SYSTEMS
RAMSES 713 FC KNX
Description
■ Individual room thermostat fan coil ■ Manual button for OFF, Auto, fan stages 1,
■ For control of fan coil 2, 3 operation modes
■ Continuous PI controller for heating and ■ 3 binary inputs for conventional switches/
cooling sensors (switching, dimming, blinds), also
■ Two rotary controls are included in for external temperature sensor, window
the scope of supply: an absolute scale contact or presence signal
(mounted) and 1 relative scale (enclosed) ■ LED (red) for heating mode, (blue) for
■ Rotary control can be limited mechanically cooling mode
or via parameters. ■ With integrated bus coupling unit
Product selection
Type Article number
RAMSES 713 FC KNX 7139202
Technical data
RAMSES 713 FC KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage (< 10 mA) Adjustable temperature +10 °C…+28 °C
Ambient temperature +0 °C…+50 °C Protection rating IP 20
Measuring range temperature +0 °C…+40 °C Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
External temperature sensor 1 80 27
■ Art.No.: 9070191
▶
Details Page 237
84
11
188

SYSTEMS KNX
FCA 1 KNX
Description
■ Fan coil actuator ■ Display of operation status via 9 LEDs

■ For controlling fan coils ■ Manual operation on device (fan stages,
■ For 2 and 4 pipe systems switching between heating and cooling)
■ For up to three fan stages ■ Adjustment of setpoint value for cooling in
■ For 2-way and 3-way valves relation to external temperature
■ Additional relay for electrical heater ■ Floating switching contact for either cooler
or cooler bank or heater bank
■ Floating input for a window contact ■ With emergency program
or temperature sensor
■ Floating input, condensation
monitoring
Product selection
Type Article number
FCA 1 KNX 4920200
Technical data
FCA 1 KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) Switching capacity, additional
16 A
relay
Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50–60 Hz Switching capacity, ventilator
8A
Power consumption 3 VA relay
Width 4 modules
Type of contact Triac
Switching capacity valves (triacs) 0.5 A (24–230 V AC)
Accessories: Connection example
External temperature sensor 1 11

■ Art.No.: 9070191 L N S1 S2 S3 LS
▶
Details Page 237
E1 E2
C- C+ LC LH H+ H- L C1
M M +C°
N
L
L

0 15.03.2010 189

Motion detectors
KNX SYSTEMS
Motion detectors SPHINX 331, KNX, SPHINX 332 KNX
Description
■ Passive infrared motion detector SPHINX 331 KNX

■ For controlling lighting, ventilation etc., ■ 1 channel motion detector
particularly in offices and hallways
SPHINX 332 KNX
■ Integrated bus coupling
■ With constant light control ■ 2 channel motion detector
■ Lighting control "movement-dependent ■ Additional programming keys can activate
only " and "movement and brightness the phys. address via a programming
dependent" magnet (if programming is executed after
installation)
■ Continuous constant light control/move-
ment-dependent
■ the following functions: e.g. lighting ON/
OFF, shutters/blinds UP/DOWN, time func-
tions (switch-off delay), locking the motion
detector, call up setting, dimming values,
dimming UP/DOWN, Master/Slave function
■ Flush fitting design (projects 5 mm from
ceiling)
Product selection
Type Article number
SPHINX 331 KNX 1079211

SPHINX 332 KNX 1079212
Technical data
SPHINX 331 KNX SPHINX 332 KNX

Detection range Ø 7 m at installation height of 2.8 m
Brightness measuring range 0–700 lx (with correction factor to 5600 lx)
11 Protection rating IP 20
Scale drawings Detection range
68,7
4 37 3,6
2.8 m
Ø 76
7m
Ø 64/68
Ø 36,9
Ø 58,4
Ø 76
Area of high sensitivity
7m
Area of low sensitivity
190

Motion detectors
SYSTEMS KNX
SPHINX 105-300 KNX
Description
SPHINX 105-300 KNX ■ Set point adjustment of brightness either

■ 2 channel passive infrared motion detector via object or potentiometer
■ For controlling lighting in outdoor areas ■ the following functions: Lighting ON/OFF,
■ Blended light measurement suitable for the time functions, locking the motion detector
control of fluorescent, incandescent and ■ Lighting control with adjustable light
halogen lamps threshold value and adjustable switch-off
■ Adjustable sensor head delay
■ Additional creep under protection. via ■ Memorising of current brightness value
remote control possible via remote control
■ Detection range can be limited using ■ Setting controls protected against manipu-
enclosed segments lation
■ Settings per ETS: Brightness range and ■ Single-handed plug-in installation with
switch-off delay captive screws
Product selection
Type Article number
SPHINX 105-300 KNX 1059203*

*Available May 2010
Technical data
SPHINX 105-300 KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, < 10 mA Light switch-off delay 1 s–120 min
Ø 5–30 m at Ambient temperature –20 °C…+50 °C
Detection range
installation height of 2.5 m
Brightness measuring range 0–650 lx
■ SPHINX RC 105 90 55 30
▶
Details Page 235 11
■ SPHINX RC 105 Pro
▶
Details Page 235
■ SPHINX corner angle
▶
159
Details Page 235
89
Detection area see page 109

0 15.03.2010 191

Presence detector
KNX SYSTEMS
compact office EIB
Description
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) ■ In the "constant light control" operation
■ For controlling lighting, ventilation etc., mode the sensor controls the artificial light
particularly in offices and hallways daylight-dependent on a constant lighting
■ Square detection area level
■ Mixed light measurement ■ The self-learning switch-off delay adjusts
■ The square detection area allows accurate to occupants' behaviour
and simple planning ■ Fully or semi-automatic: In "Fully automat-
■ Two outputs light for controlling two light- ic" mode, the lighting switches on and off
ing groups automatically according to presence and
light. In "Semi automatic" mode, it must
■ Switching or constant light control
be switched on manually and switches off
automatically
■ Presence output for HVAC control with
■ The monitoring output works with reduced
switch on delay and switch-off delay
sensitivity and indicates the presence of
■ Room monitoring persons with a high level of accuracy
■ Integrated bus coupling ■ The brightness output makes the light
■ QuickSet plus service remote control information available for visualisation
(optional) purposes
■ Clic user remote control (optional) ■ Master or slave operating mode is selected
■ In the "Switching" operation mode, the via configuration.
lighting switches on with darkness and ■ Test operation mode checks the detection
presence and off with sufficient light or range and configuration
absence.
Product selection
Colour Type Article number
Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) compact office EIB 2019200

Black (similar to RAL 9005) compact office EIB BK 2019800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact office EIB SR 2019801
additional colours available upon request
11 Technical data
compact office EIB

Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage
Light stand-by time 0 s–60 min
Presence switch on delay 0 s–30 min
192

Presence detector
SYSTEMS KNX
Installation
height (A)
A
Lux
2m 9 m² | 3.0 m x 3.0 m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m ± 0.5 m 0.8
2.5 m 16 m² | 4.0 m x 4.0 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m B

C
3m 25 m² | 5.0 m x 5.0 m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m ± 1.0 m

3.5 m – 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 1.0 m
Accessories
QuickSet plus clic Surface frame compact QuickSafe

■ Art.No.: 9070532 Details ▶ Page 233 ■ Art.No.: 9070514 ■ Art.No.: 9070531
Page 232 ▶
Details Page 233
Scale drawings
102,5 70
60
29,5
26,5
102,5
56
33
4
11
11

0 15.03.2010 193

Presence detector
KNX SYSTEMS
Presence detectors compact passage KNX, compact passimo KNX
compact passage KNX compact passimo KNX
Description
Common functions ■ In the "Switching" operation mode, the ■ The brightness output makes the light
■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) lighting switches on with darkness and information available for visualisation
■ For controlling lighting, ventilation etc., presence and off with sufficient light or purposes
particularly in corridors and hallways absence. In the "constant light control" ■ Master or slave operating mode is selected
operation mode the sensor controls the via configuration.
■ Mixed light measurement
artificial light daylight-dependent on a ■ Test operation mode checks the detection
■ The square detection range allows accurate
constant lighting level range and configuration
and simple planning
■ The self-learning switch-off delay adjusts
■ Two outputs light for controlling two light- compact passage KNX
to occupants' behaviour
ing groups Rectangular detection area for corridors
■ Fully or semi-automatic: In "Fully automat- ■
■ Switching or constant light control
ic" mode, the lighting switches on and off compact passimo KNX
■ Choice of fully or semi automatic operation automatically according to presence and
Presence output for HVAC control with ■ Rectangular detection area for storage ar-
■ light. In "Semi automatic" mode, it must
switch on delay and switch-off delay eas with clear demarcation vertically below
be switched on manually and switches off
Room monitoring the presence detector
■ automatically
■ Integrated bus coupling ■ The monitoring output works with reduced
■ QuickSet plus service remote control sensitivity and indicates the presence of
(optional) persons with a high level of accuracy
■ Clic user remote control (optional)
Product selection

11 Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) compact passage KNX 2019290
Black (similar to RAL 9005) compact passage KNX BK 2019803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact passage KNX SR 2019804
Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) compact passimo KNX 2019280*
Black (similar to RAL 9005) compact passimo KNX BK 2019809*
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) compact passimo KNX SR 2019810*
*Available May 2010
194

Presence detector
SYSTEMS KNX
Technical data
compact passage KNX, compact passimo KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage Presence switch-off delay 30 s–120 min
Recommended installation height 2–3 m Presence switch on delay 0 s-30 min
Brightness measuring range 10–1500 lx Ambient temperature +0 °C…+50 °C
Light switch-off delay 30 s–20 min Protection rating IP 40
Light stand-by time 0 s–60 min
Detection area compact passage KNX (rectangular)
Instal-
lation Head on to (r) Diagonally (t)
A
height (A) Lux
2m 56 m² | 16 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m 105 m² | 30 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m

r
2.5 m 72 m² | 18 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m 120 m² | 30 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m t
3m 90 m² | 20 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m 135 m² | 30 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m

3.5 m 100 m² | 20 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m 150 m² | 30 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m t
r
Detection area compact passimo KNX (rectangular)
Instal-
lation Head on to (r) Diagonally (t) t
r
A
Lux
height (A)
2m 28 m² | 8 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m 53 m² | 15 m x 3.5 m ± 1 m r
t
2.5 m 36 m² | 9 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m 60 m² | 15 m x 4.0 m ± 1 m
3m 45 m² | 10 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m 68 m² | 15 m x 4.5 m ± 1 m
3.5 m 50 m² | 10 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m 75 m² | 15 m x 5.0 m ± 1 m
Accessories
■ ▶
QuickSet: Details Page 232 11
■ ▶
clic: Details Page 231
■ ▶
QuickSafe: Details Page 231
■ Surface frame compact: Details ▶ Page 230
Scale drawings
44
102,5 17,5 19 25 70
60
45
102,5
29,5
56
75
4
11
33
63

0 15.03.2010 195

Presence detector
KNX SYSTEMS
ECO-IR 180EIB-AC
Description
■ Wall mounted passive infrared presence ■ Test operation mode checks the detection
detector (PIR) range and configuration
■ For controlling lighting, ventilation etc., ■ The parameters are set by ETS or potenti-
particularly in offices and hallways ometer
■ Detection area 180° ■ The presence detector has "Genuine day-
■ Genuine daylight measurement light measurement" and is only suitable for
■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL)
■ Presence output for HVAC control with ■ Choice of fully or semi automatic operation
switch-off delay ■ The presence detector detects moving
■ Lighting control with light threshold value bodies in a radius of approx. 8 m. Seated
and self-learning switch-off delay persons can be reliably detected in an area
■ The lighting switches on with darkness of 8 m x 4 m. The recommended installa-
and presence and off with sufficient light tion height is 2.2 m
or absence ■ BCU bus coupling unit KNX necessary for
■ The self-learning switch-off delay adjusts operation
to occupants' behaviour
■ Master or slave operating mode is selected
via configuration
Product selection
Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 180EIB-AC 2029250

Black (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 180EIB-AC BK 2029809
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 180EIB-AC SR 2029810
Required accessories BCU bus coupling unit KNX 9070524
Technical data
ECO-IR 180EIB-AC
11 Recommended installation height 1.6–2.2 m

Detection area (semicircle)
Installation height 2.2

(A)
A
2.2 m 32 m² | 8 m x 4 m 100 m² | Ø 16 m B
C
196

Presence detector
SYSTEMS KNX
Accessories
BUS coupling unit KNX (required) QuickSafe Surface frame ECO-IR 180
▶
Page 233 ▶
Details Page 231
Scale drawings
70
85 48 60
21,3
56
85
46,3
4
11
35 45 70
80
11

0 15.03.2010 197

Presence detector
KNX SYSTEMS
Presence detectors ECO-IR 360EIB-AC, ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
Description
Common functions ■ BCU bus coupling unit KNX necessary for

■ Passive infrared presence detector (PIR) operation
■ For controlling lighting, ventilation etc., ECO-IR 360EIB-AC
particularly in offices and hallways ■ Automatic control of lighting and HVAC
■ Square detection area ■ Presence output for HVAC control with
■ Genuine daylight measurement switch-off delay
■ The square detection area allows accurate ■ Lighting control with light threshold value
and simple planning and self-learning switch-off delay
■ The lighting switches on with darkness
ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
and presence and off with sufficient light
or absence ■ Automatic control of two lighting zones
■ The self-learning switch-off delay adjusts ■ Lighting control with two light threshold
to occupants' behaviour values and self-learning switch-off delay
■ Master or slave operating mode is selected ■ Two brightness measurements
via configuration.
range and configuration
■ The parameters are set by ETS or potenti-
ometer.
■ The presence detector has "Genuine day-
light measurement" and is only suitable for
switching fluorescent lamps (FL/PL).
Product selection
Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR 360EIB-AC 2029201

Black (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR 360EIB-AC BK 2029803
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR 360EIB-AC SR 2029804
Pure white (similar to RAL 9010) ECO-IR DUAL-EIB 2029200
Black (similar to RAL 9005) ECO-IR DUAL-EIB BK 2029800
Silver (similar to RAL 9006) ECO-IR DUAL-EIB SR 2029801
11 Required accessories BCU bus coupling unit KNX 9070524
Technical data
ECO-IR 360EIB-AC ECO-IR DUAL-EIB

Presence switch-off delay 30 s–60 min –
198

Presence detector
SYSTEMS KNX
Instal-
lation
A
Lux
height 0.8
(A)
B
2m 20 m² | 4.5 m x 4.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m ± 0.5 m C
2.5 m 36 m² | 6.0 m x 6.0 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m ± 0.5 m

3m 49 m² | 7.0 m x 7.0 m 81 m² | 9.0 m x 9.0 m ± 0.5 m
3.5 m 64 m² | 8.0 m x 8.0 m 100 m² | 10.0 m x 10.0 m ± 1 m
4m – 121 m² | 11.0 m x 11.0 m ± 1 m
Accessories
BUS coupling unit KNX QuickFix round cover QuickFix square cover Additional accessories Pg. 232
(required) Details ▶ Page 233 ■ Art.No.: 9070516 ■ QuickFix concrete round cover
■ Art.No.: 9070524 Details▶ Page 233 Details▶ Page 232
Details ▶Page 232 ■ QuickFix concrete square
cover
Details▶ Page 232
mounted box
Details▶ Page 233
mounted housing
Details▶ Page 233
■ QuickSafe
Details▶ Page231
■ Surface frame
ECO-IR 360
Details▶ Page 232
Scale drawings
70
87 4 48
60 11
21,3
66,5
56
46,3
4
11
35,5 37,5 22 84,5

95

0 15.03.2010 199

KNX SYSTEMS
Weather stations KNX
Weather station KNX Weather station basic KNX
Description
Weather station KNX ■ Measurement and evaluation directly on Weather station basic KNX
Combination sensor for measuring wind, device
■ Like weather station KNX, however:
rain, brightness and temperature ■ Sun protection for up to three facades pos-
sible (in combination with LUNA 133) ■ Combination sensor for measuring wind,
■ Rain sensor with heater (with connection
Display of weather data, e.g. with VARIA brightness and temperature
at 230 V AC) ■
multi-function display ■ Without rain sensor
■ Brightness range from 1 - 100,000 lux
■ 230 V AC connection not required
■ Temperature range -20° C to + 55° C
Type Article number KNX weather Weather station KNX

station basic
KNX weather station 1329201
Operating voltage 230 V AC –
Weather station KNX basic 1329205
Brightness measuring
1–100000 lx
range
Measuring range tem-
–20 °C…+55 °C
perature

11 ■ Mast mounting weather station
Weather station KNX Weather station basic KNX
Details▶ Page 239
0 0
28 28
66 66
135
135
160
80
200

SYSTEMS KNX
LUNA 130 KNX
Description
■ 3 channel brightness sensor ■ Up to 4 different brightness levels can be

■ For brightness-dependent controlling monitored
■ Threshold values, dimming levels and ■ Choice of 1 - 100 lux or
switch delay adjustable 100 - 20,000 lux measuring ranges
■ 3 threshold switches integrated ■ 3 configurable thresholds
■ Threshold can be set between 1 and ■ Each section can be allocated one light
20,000 lux setting consisting of 3 switching objects
■ Behaviour adjustable if thresholds are and 1 dimming object
exceeded or not met
Product selection
Type Article number
LUNA 130 KNX AL 1309200
Technical data
LUNA 130 KNX AL
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 10 mA) Width 2 modules

Brightness measuring range 1–20000 lx Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C
Switch-on delay 8 s–240 min Protection rating IP 20
Accessories
Flush-mounted light sensor LUNA KNX

■ Art.No.: 9070247
▶
Details Page 236 11

0 15.03.2010 201

KNX SYSTEMS
LUNA 131 S KNX
Description
■ Brightness and temperature sensor ■ Universal channels allow linking of bright-

■ For brightness and temperature ness and temperature
dependent controlling in outdoor areas ■ Brightness range from 1 - 100,000 lux
■ 5 freely configurable channels: 1 sun pro- ■ Temperature range -20° C to + 55° C
tection channel and 4 universal channels ■ Learning object for brightness threshold
■ Sun protection channel with automised sun
protection specifically for blind, awning
and shutter applications
Product selection
Type Article number
LUNA 131 S KNX 1319201
Technical data
LUNA 131 S KNX
Brightness measuring range 1–100000 lx Protection rating IP 54
Measuring range temperature –25 °C…+55 °C
Scale drawings
72 54
11
80
93
16
32 57
50,5 81,5
202

SYSTEMS KNX
LUNA 133 KNX
Description
■ Brightness sensor ■ Ideally combinable with the Theben

■ For brightness dependent controlling in weather station for individual control of up
outdoor areas to 3 facades
■ Brightness range from 1 - 100,000 lux
Product selection
Type Article number
LUNA 133 KNX 1339200
Technical data
LUNA 133 KNX
Brightness measuring range 1–100000 lx Protection rating IP 54
Scale drawings
72 54
11
80
93
16
32 57
50,5 81,5

0 15.03.2010 203

KNX SYSTEMS
TR 648 S DCF KNX TR 644 S DCF KNX
Description
Common functions ■ Time and date synchronisation from other ■ Channels 1 to 4 can be programmed as
■ 365-day time switch bus participants astronomical switching channels (astro-
■ With daily, weekly, yearly, random, pulse ■ Time-dependent specification of different nomical programs can only be programmed
and priority programs temperature levels for individual room using OBELISH software)
■ Free weekdays and channel blocks control TR 644 S DCF KNX
1.5 years power reserve via replaceable ■ Time-dependent compulsory control
■ ■ 4 channel time switch with yearly program
environmentally-friendly lithium battery (mainly ON or OFF) by consumers via prior-
ity telegrams ■ Optional DCF77 radio
■ Movable public holidays can be automati-
cally adjusted annually ■ Random switching for presence TR 644 S KNX
simulation 4 channel time switch with yearly program
■ Automatic summer/winter time change ■
■ Switching times are permanently stored in TR 648 S DCF KNX ■ Without DCF77 radio
EEPROM ■ 16 channel time switch with annual
■ Programming via key entry on device or program
OBLISK 2.1 programming set ■ Optional DCF77 radio
■ Interface for OBELISK memory card (PC
programming)
Product selection
Type Article number
TR 648 S DCF KNX 6489201

TR 644 S DCF KNX 6449204
11 TR 644 S KNX 6449203
204

SYSTEMS KNX
Technical data
TR 648 S DCF KNX TR 644 S DCF KNX TR 644 S KNX

Operating voltage 230 V AC (only with DFC77 antenna connection) –
Width 6 modules
Number of astronomical channels 4 –
Number of memory cells 500 324
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz) or DCF77 ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz)
Display LCD
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60,335
Accessories
Antenna DCF77 KNX OBELISK KNX PC set Memory card OBELISK KNX 64 K Memory card OBELISK KNX 16 K
■ Art.No.: 9070271 ■ Art.No.: 9070305 ■ For TR 648 S DCF KNX ■ For TR 644 S DCF KNX
Details Page 229 ■ Art.No.: 9070320 ■ Art.No.: 9070223
Connection example
TR 648 S DCF KNX TR 644 S DCF KNX
L L 11
KNX DCF KNX DCF

N RC DCF N RC DCF
N N
L L

0 15.03.2010 205

KNX SYSTEMS
TR 612 S KNX
Description
■ 2 channel weekly timer ■ Automatic summer/winter time

■ With screen to display: Day of the week, change
time, switching status etc. ■ Automatic program review
■ With daily and weekly programs ■ Switching times are permanently stored in
■ 36 switching times EEPROM
■ 99 day holiday program; programmed in ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching
advance
■ 6 year power reserve
Product selection
Type Article number
TR 612 S KNX 6129201
Technical data
TR 612 S KNX
Operating voltage KNX Bus voltage, (< 3.5 mA) Shortest switching time 1 min
Width 2 modules Display LCD
Number of channels 2 Ambient temperature –5 °C…+45 °C
Number of memory cells 36 Protection rating IP 20
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz) Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 335
11
206

System devices
SYSTEMS KNX
ZS 600 DCF KNX
Description
■ Time transmitter for hour and date ■ Preset time and date (CET or CEST)
■ Can also be used with DCF77 antenna ■ Automatic summer/winter time
■ LED for status display DCF reception change
■ Integrated voltage supply for DCF77
antenna
Product selection
Type Article number
ZS 600 DCF KNX 6009200
Technical data
ZS 600 DCF KNX
Width 2 modules Protection class III in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Power reserve 10 years Protection rating IP 20
Time accuracy ≤ ± 1 s/day(Quartz) or DCF77
Accessories
Antenna DCF77 KNX

■ Art.No.: 9070271
11
▶
Details Page 228

0 15.03.2010 207

System devices
KNX SYSTEMS
Power supply 640 mA/320 mA/160 mA
Power supply 640 mA Power supply 320 mA Power supply 160 mA
Description
Common functions ■ Reset key for 20 sec. bus reset Power supply 320 mA
■ KNX-Supply voltage ■ Continuous short-circuit protection ■ 320 mA supply voltage
■ Produces and monitors the KNX system Power supply 640 mA Power supply 160 mA
voltage and 30 V DC auxiliary supply
■ 640 mA supply voltage ■ 160 mA supply voltage
Product selection
Type Article number
Power supply 640 mA 9070364

Power supply 320 mA 9070699*
Power supply 160 mA 9070701*
*Available May 2010
Technical data
Power supply 640 mA Power supply 320 mA Power supply 160 mA

Operating voltage 230 V AC, 50–60 Hz
11 KNX Output 1 line with integrated throttle valve
KNX nominal voltage 30 V DC, ± 2 V, SELV
30 V Output 1 (unthrottled)
30 V nominal voltage 30 V DC, ± 2 V, SELV
Nominal current 640 mA 320 mA 160 mA
208

System devices
SYSTEMS KNX
Interface USB KNX, Line coupler KNX
Interface USB KNX Line coupler KNX
Description
Interface USB KNX Line coupler KNX ■ Telegrams can be filtered (to reduce
■ USB interface ■ Line coupler telegram traffic)
■ For communication between PC and the ■ For connecting KNX lines or areas ■ Can also be used as line amplifier
KNX equipment to be programmed ■ Galvanic separation of the lines/areas (repeater)
■ USB LED and KNX LED to display data ■ Bus terminals for main line and subordi-
transmission nate line
■ Usable from ETS3 V1.0
Product selection
Type Article number
Interface USB KNX 9070397

Line coupler KNX 9070398
Technical data
Interface USB KNX Line coupler KNX

Width 2 modules 11
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1 III in accordance with EN 60,730-1

0 15.03.2010 209

Display units
KNX SYSTEMS
KNX indoor clock
OSIRIA 220 AR KNX OSIRIA 242 SR KNX OSIRIA 280 B KNX
Description
OSIRIA 220 AR KNX OSIRIA 242 AR KNX/OSIRIA 242 SR KNX OSIRIA 232 BQ KNX
■ KNX indoor clock, round, single-sided ■ KNX indoor clock, round, double-sided ■ KNX indoor clock, square, single-sided, for
■ Black bar hour and minute hands, red ■ With wall or ceiling holder (150 mm) flush-mounted installation (for OP rooms)
second hand ■ Black bar hour and minute hands, red ■ Black bar hour and minute hands, red
■ Black DIN bar hour and minute hands, red second hand second hand
second hand ■ Resistant to acids, cleaning agents and dis-
OSIRIA 251 BQ KNX
infectants; in the installed state protected
OSIRIA 230 AR KNX/OSIRIA 230 SR KNX KNX indoor clock, square, single-sided
■ against dust and water in acc. with protec-
OSIRIA 240 AR KNX/OSIRIA 240 SR KNX ■ Wall clocks protected against thrown balls tion rating IP 54 (DIN 40050)
e.g. for sports halls, schools, etc.
OSIRIA 241 AR KNX/OSIRIA 241 BR KNX OSIRIA 280 B KNX
■ Black bar hour and minute hands, red
second hand ■ KNX indoor clock, digital, square, single-
Description like OSIRIA 220 AR KNX
■ 3-point fastening resistant to being pried sided
out ■ Analogue clock with 1-line, 9-segment LCD
digital display for date
■ Free-wheel black bar hand, red second
hand
Additional clocks upon request.
Additional information about these

11 products can be found at
www.peweta.de.
210

Display units
SYSTEMS KNX
Product selection
Dimensions Housing material Clock face Type Article number

Clock face
Ø 250 mm White metallic dial, OSIRIA 220 AR KNX 5009200
black Arabic numerals OSIRIA 230 AR KNX 5009210
Ø 300 mm Impact-resistant plastic housing, White metallic dial,
matt border or chrome-plated OSIRIA 230 SR KNX 5009211
black fine-line numerals
metal housing, flat shock-resist-
White metallic dial,
ant Plexiglas OSIRIA 240 AR KNX 5009230
black Arabic numerals
OSIRIA 240 SR KNX 5009231
OSIRIA 241 AR KNX 5009240
Chromium-plated metal housing, black Arabic numerals
domed, shock-resistant Plexiglas White metallic dial,
OSIRIA 241 BR KNX 5009241
Ø 400 mm black bar numerals
White dials,
White painted metallic housing OSIRIA 242 AR KNX 5009250
black Arabic numerals
(RAL 9016), shock-resistant
Plexiglass White metallic dial,
OSIRIA 242 SR KNX 5009251
White painted metallic housing
(RAL 9016), laminated safety OSIRIA 251 BQ KNX 5009252
glass
Stainless steel housing frame
black bar numerals
flush with tiles or wall V4A for
250 mm x 250 mm OSIRIA 232 BQ KNX 5009223
wall installation (flush-mounted),
3 mm flat mineral lens
Flat metal housing, Faces with black
Ø 280 mm OSIRIA 280 B KNX 5009280
No front lens fine line numerals
Technical data
OSIRIA
11

0 15.03.2010 211

SYSTEMS
212
http

SYSTEMS
Section overview Living comfort control
Switching
LUXOR 400 214
LUXOR 404 214

LUXOR switching
LUXOR 402 214
Dimming
LUXOR 405 216

LUXOR dimming
DMB 2 S 216
Roller shutter control
LUXOR 408 217

LUXOR shutter control
LUXOR 409 217
Weather sensors
LUXOR 411 218
LUXOR weather sensors

LUXOR 412 218
LUXOR 413 218
Clock module
LUXOR clock module LUXOR 414 220
LUXOR Sets
LUXOR Set 3 221

LUXOR Sets
LUXOR Set 4 221
12
0 15.03.2010
http

Living comfort control
Switching SYSTEMS
LUXOR switching
LUXOR 400 LUXOR 404 LUXOR 402
Description
Common functions ■ Max. input cable length up to 100 m LUXOR 404

■ Modular expandable system with ■ Input separate for connecting FI (RCD) ■ 4-channel extension device for
central functions ■ Universal voltage input: 8–48 V AC/DC lighting control
■ For switching electrical consumers (e. g. for intercoms) ■ Input I4 floating
■ Manual switch on device ■ Control for configuring central functions
LUXOR 402
■ LEDs to display LUXOR 400 ■ 2-channel extension device for
■ 2 time functions (staircase light function 4-channel basic device for lighting control
■ lighting control
with switch-off warning, lag function)
■ Selector switch for configuring central ■ Input I4 floating
■ Upgradeable for up to 16 LUXOR modules functions
■ Central ON/OFF, panic function and ■ Inputs U1 and I4 floating
presence simulation
■ LUXOR modules are connected via 2-wire
bus cable (COM bus)
Product selection
Type Article number
LUXOR 400 4000000

LUXOR 404 4040000
LUXOR 402 4020000
12
214

SYSTEMS Switching
Technical data

Frequency 50 Hz
Connecting cable 230 V phase-independent supply cable, cable length max. 100 m
Connection for COM Any cross-section/max. length 100 m
Switching capacity 16 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1), 6 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 0.6)
Accessories
Diode module LUXOR Front panel kit

■ Art.No.: 9070367 ■ Art.No.: 9070001
▶
Page 228
Connection example
* * * * * * = LUXOR 412
– + I4 I4 N L L N L N L N L
U (N) (L) C4
I1 I2 I3 LS I1 I2 S1 S2 N L I1 I2 I3 I4
P S G1 C1 C2 C3
COM LUXOR 400 COM LUXOR 405 COM LUXOR 408 COM LUXOR 414 COM LUXOR 411
+ – + – + – + – + – +–
C1 C2 C3 C4
L
D1
L
D2 C1
L
C2 C2
L
C3 C3
12
M M M
N
L
L
0 15.03.2010

Dimming SYSTEMS
LUXOR dimming
LUXOR 405 DMB 2 S
Description
LUXOR 405 ■ LEDs to display DMB 2 S

■ 2 channel universal dimmer ■ Upgradeable for up to 16 LUXOR modules ■ 2-way dimming output extension 'Dim-
■ For dimming electric consumers such as ■ LUXOR modules are connected via 2-wire mbooster' for LUXOR 405
incandescent lamps, high-voltage halogen bus cable (COM bus) ■ To double the output of basic and
lamps, low-voltage halogen lamps with ■ One additional input per channel for mo- extension modules. e. g. to:
conventional or electronic transformers tion detector 2 x 600 W/VA (1 channel) or
■ 300 W/VA (for 2 channels) or 500 W/VA ■ With overcurrent display 1 x 1,000 W/VA (2 channels)
(for 1 channel) ■ Input for up to 3 light settings ■ LED switching status display for each
■ For conventional and electronic trans- ■ 4 program options for dimming response channel
formers ■ Central functions: Presence simulation,
■ Can also be used without basic module central OFF, panic function, central ON
■ Manual switch on device
Type Article number LUXOR 405 DMB 2 S

LUXOR 405 4050000 Operating voltage 230 V AC
DMB 2 S 4910272 Frequency 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
12 Installation type DIN-rail

Outputs semi-conductor Triacs
230 V phase-independent supply cable,
Connecting cable
cable length max. 100 m
216

SYSTEMS Shutter control
LUXOR shutter control
LUXOR 408 LUXOR 409
Description
Common functions ■ LUXOR modules are connected via 2-wire LUXOR 408
■ For controlling shutters, awnings or blinds bus cable (COM bus) ■ 4-channel roller shutter basic module
■ Separate control of 4 shutters with ■ Setting option for panic function ■ Central UP/DOWN, panic 1 group
UP/DOWN/STOP (via LUXOR 400) ■ With three group functions (individual,
■ Manual switch on device ■ Storable intermediate position and turn for group and central control)
■ LEDs to display shading and ventilation ■ Expandable via channel extension modules,
■ Controllable via standard shutter sensor time and sensor module and weather
■ Upgradeable for up to 16 LUXOR modules station
LUXOR 409
■ 4 channel shutter extension module
Type Article number LUXOR 408 LUXOR 409

LUXOR 408 4080000 Operating voltage 230 V AC
LUXOR 409 4090000 Frequency 50 Hz
Width 4 modules
12
230 V phase-independent supply cable,
Connecting cable
cable length max. 100 m
Switching capacity 6 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1)
for shutter, blind and
Function channels
awning control
0 15.03.2010

Weather sensors SYSTEMS
LUXOR sensor technology
Description

■ Sensor module ■ Weather sensor ■ Wind sensor
■ For controlling awnings, shutters and ■ For controlling awnings, shutters and ■ For controlling awnings, shutters and
blinds in combination with LUXOR 412 blinds depending on rain, wind velocity, blinds depending on wind velocity in com-
and/or 413 and integrated light sensors temperature and brightness in combination bination with sensor module LUXOR 411
■ Setting threshold values on device with sensor module LUXOR 411 ■ Extra power unit required
■ LEDs to display ■ Optional connection of up to two addi- ■ Optional connection of up to three
■ Max. input cable length of sensor line is tional light sensors for additional facades additional facades with automatic sun
100 m ■ Supply voltage via COM-Bus protection function
■ LUXOR modules are connected via 2-wire
bus cable (COM bus)
Product selection
Type Article number
LUXOR 411 4110000

LUXOR 412 4120000
LUXOR 413 4130000
12
218

SYSTEMS Weather sensors
Technical data

Operating voltage 230 V AC COM-Bus 24 V DC
Frequency 50 Hz –
Width 4 modules –
Power consumption 5.5 VA –
Installation type DIN-rail Wall or mast installation
Connection for COM Any cross-section / max. length 100 m
Setting range twilight value 1–100 lx –
Setting range sun protection 1000–100000 lx –
Measuring range wind velocity 2–20 m/s
Measuring range temperature +0 °C … +60 °C –
Protection rating IP 20 IP 44 IP 43
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1 III in accordance with EN 60,730-1
Accessories
Surface-mounted light sensor Mast mounting weather station Power unit 24 V DC

■ For LUXOR 411 ■ For LUXOR 412, LUXOR 413 ■ For LUXOR 413
▶
Details Page 235 Details▶ Page 239 Details ▶ Page 239
Scale drawings
LUXOR 412 LUXOR 413
0 0
28 28
12
66 66
135
135
160
80
0 15.03.2010
http

Clock module SYSTEMS
LUXOR 414
Description
■ 8 channel time switch ■ Positioning of drives (LUXOR 408/

■ For control of any outputs in LUXOR LUXOR 409) as well as transmission of
system, e. g. shutters, blinds and awnings dimming values (LUXOR 405) as percent-
or for lighting control age values
■ Manual switch on device ■ Blocking times for suppression of
■ Daily and weekly programs brightness or twilight signals
■ Astronomical program (dependent on from sensor module (LUXOR 411)
sunrise and sunset) ■ Astronomical blocking times for time shifts
■ Freely programmable switching times as for moving shutters/awnings up and down
well as pre-programmed astronomical ■ Automatic changeover summer/winter time
switching times ■ LUXOR modules are connected via 2-wire
■ Easy location input via city list bus cable (COM bus)
■ Individual link of time switch channels with
the outputs via selector switch
Product selection
Type Article number
LUXOR 414 4140000
Technical data
LUXOR 414
Operating voltage 230 V AC Any cross-section/

Connection for COM
max. length 100 m
Frequency 50 Hz
Number of memory cells 128
Width 2.5 modules
12
220

SYSTEMS Clock module
LUXOR Sets
LUXOR Set 3 LUXOR Set 4
Description
LUXOR Set 3 LUXOR Set 4

■ Set for the comfortable single family house ■ Set for shutter and blind controlling
with 10 separate lighting units and ■ 8 drives can be manually or automatically
4 time functions controlled according to time program or
■ Additional dimming channels e. g. for living sunrise or sunset
room and bedrooms ■ Blocking times for time shifts for moving
■ This set also offers the advantage of shutters/awnings up and down in the early
central functions morning
■ Suitable for 10 separate lighting units, ■ Additional comfortable central functions
4 x time/switch and 4 x switch, ■ Suitable for shutter and blind 8 drives, 8
2 x dimming drives and 8 time channels with weekly
■ Consisting of: Box, 1 LUXOR 400, program with astronomical function
1 LUXOR 404, 1 LUXOR 405 ■ Consisting of: Box, 1 LUXOR 408,
1 LUXOR 409, 1 LUXOR 414
Product selection
Type Article number
LUXOR Set 3 4990003

LUXOR Set 4 4990004
12
0 15.03.2010

SYSTEMS
222
http

SYSTEMS
Section overview Controller
Number of inputs Number of outputs Operating voltage Type Page
Controller
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 10 (AC) 224
6 4
24 V DC PHARAO-II 11 (DC) 224
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 14 (AC) 224

8 6
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 24 (AC) 224
15 9
4 220–240 V AC PHARAO-II upgrade 4AR (AC) 224
– 24 V DC LUNA 131 DDC 226
1 1 100–240 V AC SUD 228 II 226
13
0 15.03.2010
http

Controller
Controller SYSTEMS
PHARAO controller devices
PHARAO-II 10 (AC) PHARAO-II 24 (AC) PHARAO-II upgrade 4AR (AC)
Description
Common functions ■ Graphical programming software for Win- PHARAO-II 15 (DC)

■ Small control unit for house automation dows 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP with detailed ■ Operating voltage 24 V DC
and industry online Help documentation ■ 8 digital/analogue inputs
■ Programming directly on device via eight ■ Remote control/remote monitoring possible ■ 6 relay outputs
buttons without interface cable via modem/GSM modem
■ Transmission of SMS, email or fax PHARAO-II 24 (AC)
■ Backlit LCD display with operator guidance
in clear text ■ Operating voltage 100–240 V AC
PHARAO-II 10 (AC)
■ Input and output switching status display ■ 15 digital inputs, e. g. for keys,
■ Operating voltage 100–240 V AC brightness and temperature switches
■ Lifespan of relay contacts is 100,000 ■ 6 digital inputs, e. g. for keys,
switching cycles at nominal current ■ 9 relay outputs
brightness and temperature switches
■ Assignment of programmed functions on ■ 4 relay outputs PHARAO-II 25 (DC)
front keys ■ Operating voltage 24 V DC
■ Internal EEPROM memory for max. 200 PHARAO-II 11 (DC)
■ 15 inputs, including 8 analogue/digital
function blocks (5,000 bytes) ■ Operating voltage 24 V DC options
■ Optional plug-in EEPROM for program ■ 6 digital/analogue inputs ■ 9 relay outputs
transfer or dual programming of internal ■ 4 relay outputs
and plugged-in EEPROM PHARAO-II upgrade 4AR (AC)
PHARAO-II 14 (AC)
■ 3-level password protection ■ 4 channel relay output upgrade
■ Realtime year clock with 1,000 switching ■ Operating voltage 100–240 V AC
times ■ 8 digital inputs, e. g. for keys,
brightness and temperature switches
■ 6 relay outputs
Product selection
Number of inputs Number of outputs Operating voltage Type Article

number
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 10 (AC) 5750210
6 4
24 V DC PHARAO-II 11 (DC) 5759211
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 14 (AC) 5750014
8 6
13 24 V DC PHARAO-II 15 (DC) 5759015
100–240 V AC PHARAO-II 24 (AC) 5750024
15 9
24 V DC PHARAO-II 25 (DC) 5759025
– – 220–240 V AC PHARAO-II upgrade 4AR (AC) 5759102
224

Controller
SYSTEMS Controller
Technical data
PHARAO-II 10 PHARAO-II PHARAO-II 14 PHARAO-II PHARAO-II 24 PHARAO-II PHARAO-II

(AC) 11 (DC) (AC) 15 (DC) (AC) 25 (DC) upgrade 4AR (AC)
Operating voltage 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 220–240 V AC

Frequency 50–60 Hz – 50–60 Hz – 50–60 Hz – 50–60 Hz
Power consumption 5 VA 4 VA 5.5 VA 7.5 VA 7 VA 9 VA –
Installation type DIN-rail –
Type of contact NO contact –
Display LCD –
Width 4 modules 7 modules –
Power reserve 20 days –
Time accuracy ≤ ± 5 s/day(Quartz) –
4 x 8 A (250 V AC, cos φ =1),
8 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1), inductive load max. 373 VA, 2 A (at 250 V AC,
Max. switching capacity
373 VA (at 250 V AC, inductive load) 5 x 2 A (250 V AC, cos φ =1), cos φ = 1)
inductive load max. 93 VA
Input frequency 5 Hz 20 Hz –
Ambient temperature –25 °C … +55 °C –
Type of protection IP 20 –
Protection class II in accordance with EN 60 730-1 –
Accessories
Power unit 24 V DC Memory module PHARAO-II Programming software PHARAO Additional accessories
■ Art.No.: 9079330 ■ Art.No.: 9070328 ■ Art.No.: 9070251 ■ GSM cable PHARAO-II
Details ▶ Page 239 Details ▶ Page 239 Details ▶ Page 239 ▶
Details Page 239
■ Programming cable PHARAO
▶
Details Page 239
Connection example
PHARAO-II 10 (AC)
L N 1 2 3 4 5 6
13
OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4
N
L1
L2
0 15.03.2010

Controller
Controller SYSTEMS
PHARAO Accessories
LUNA 131 DDC SUD 228 II
Description

■ Combination sensor with analogue output ■ Charging switch for electric storage heaters
signal ■ Adjustable charging time and backward
■ Can be used for brightness and tempera- control
ture measurement ■ If the ripple control receiver or the tariff
■ Each of the two measurement outputs re- time switch have been released for night-
presents a 0–10 V analogue output signal time off-peak tariff, the device starts the
■ The sensor can be connected directly to the charging program for storage heating
analogue inputs of the PHARAO devices ■ Charging time can be set from 0–9 hours
(24 V DC) ■ Onscreen display of charging time which is
■ Controls and regulators can be pro- repeated every 24 hours
grammed with the signal converter, range ■ Backward control stops charging process
compare and Schmitt trigger function at the end of off-peak period
modules ■ Manual switch can be connected for
■ External 24 V DC power unit required daytime charging
Product selection
Type Article number
LUNA 131 DDC 1319700

SUD 228 II 2280577
13
226

Controller
SYSTEMS Controller
Technical data

Operating voltage 24 V DC 100–240 V AC
Frequency – 50–60 Hz
Power consumption – 3 VA
Installation type – DIN-rail
Type of contact – NO contact
Display – LCD
Max. switching capacity – 8 A (at 250 V AC, cos φ = 1)
Ambient temperature –30 °C … +70 °C +0 °C … +55 °C
Protection class – II in accordance with EN 60 730-1
Power unit 24 V DC SUD 228 II

■ Art.No.: 9079330
▶
Details Page 239 L N 1 2 3 4
OUT 1
N
L
L
Scale drawings
LUNA 131 DDC
72 54
80
93
16
32 57
50,5 81,5
13
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES
Description Suitable for Type Article

number
Antenna DCF77 ■ Time synchronisation with DCF antennas.
To ensure good reception, do not install the
antenna in cellars or on distribution boxes. ■ TR 641 S DCF
Connection is made via separate 2-wire, un- ■ TR 642 S DCF
Antenna DCF77 9070243
screened high-voltage power cable (max. 100 m), ■ TR 644 S DCF
up to 10 Theben devices can be connected. ■ SELEKTA 173 DCF
Polarity, short-circuit and interruption of the
antenna circuit are each visually displayed.
Antenna DCF77 KNX
■ Time synchronisation with DCF antennas for KNX ■ TR 648 S DCF KNX
time switches ■ TR 644 S DCF KNX Antenna DCF77 KNX 9070271
■ Installation see DCF77 antennas ■ ZS 600 DCF KNX
Antenna top2 RC-DCF ■ TR 611 top2 RC

■ LUNA 121 top2 RC
■ Time synchronisation with DCF antennas for top2 ■ LUNA 122 top2 RC
devices ■ SELEKTA 171 top2 RC Antenna top2 RC-DCF 9070410
■ Installation see DCF77 antennas ■ TR 641 top2 RC
■ TR 642 top2 RC
■ TR 644 top2 RC
■ Worldwide time synchronisation and positioning
via receiving GPS satellite signal. The antenna
is connected by a 2 wire cable (max. 100 m) to
Antenna top2 RC-GPS Theben top2 RC devices (up to 10 devices can ■ TR 611 top2 RC
be connected). A top2 GPS power unit (item ■ LUNA 121 top2 RC
number 9070892) is also required when con- ■ LUNA 122 top2 RC Antenna top2 RC-GPS
necting to TR 611 op2 RC, LUNA 121 top2 RC,
■ SELEKTA 171 top2 RC (Available 9070610
LUNA 122 top2 RC or SELEKTA 171 top2 RC July 2010)
devices. No additional power un it is required when ■ TR 641 top2 RC
connecting to TR 641 top2 RC, TR 642 top2 RC, ■ TR 642 top2 RC
TR 644 top2 RC devices or several devices ■ TR 644 top2 RC
to one antenna. Positioning is possible with
TR 641 top2 RC, TR 642 top2 RC, TR 644 top2 RC
and SELEKTA 171 top2 RC devices.
Front panel kit
■ Front panel installation set is suitable for Theben

DIN rail installation devices of 17.5 to 107.5 mm ■ All DIN rail installation
Front panel kit 9070001
width. devices
■ Walls from 1 to 5 mm thick
■ TM 178 h
Terminal cover 52.5 mm ■ SYN 168 h
■ SUL 188 h
■ SUL 188 g
Terminal cover
■ Terminal box cover plate for assembly, sealable ■ MEM 198 h 52.5 mm
9070061
■ SUL 188 hw
■ TM 171 h
■ SYN 161 h
■ SUL 181 h
228

ACCESSORIES

number
Power unit DCF77
■ TR 641 S DCF
■ Power unit for DCF antenna
■ TR 642 S DCF Power unit DCF77 9070182
■ Width 2 modules (35 mm)
■ TR 644 S DCF
■ Necessary for antennas top2 RC-GPS in

combination with TR 611 top2 RC, ■ TR 611 top2 RC
LUNA 121 top2 RC, LUNA 122 top2 RC or SELE- Power unit top2 GPS
Power unit top2 GPS KTA 171 top2 RC (the power unit is not necessary (Available 9070892
when 2 or more devices are connected to the ■ LUNA 122 top2 RC July 2010)
antenna) ■ SELEKTA 171 top2 RC
■ Width 2 modules (35 mm)
OBELISK PC set ■ TR 641 S
■ TR 641 S DCF
■ TR 642 S
■ OBELISK memory card, RS 232 plug-in adapter,
■ TR 642 S DCF OBELISK PC set 9070230
software
■ TR 644 S
■ TR 644 S DCF
■ SELEKTA 173 DCF
OBELISK KNX PC set
■ OBELISK KNX memory card 16 K, RS 232 plug-in ■ TR 648 S DCF KNX
OBELISK KNX PC set 9070305
adapter, software ■ TR 644 S DCF KNX
OBELISK top2 PC set
■ OBELISK top2 memory card, USB plug-in adapter, ■ TR top2

software Updates of existing OBELISK top2
■ LUNA top2 OBELISK top2 PC set 9070409
software are available as free downloads at
www.theben.de . ■ SELEKTA top2
Quick fastening 72 x 72
■ All time switches for front Quick fastening

■ Snap-on mounting for 35 mm DIN rails 9070071
panel/wall installation 72 x 72
Memory card OBELISK KNX

16 K
Memory card
■ Individual memory card ■ TR 644 S DCF KNX OBELISK KNX 16 K
9070223
14
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES

number
Memory card OBELISK KNX
64 K
Memory card
■ Individual memory card ■ TR 648 S DCF KNX OBELISK KNX 64 K
9070320
Memory card OBELISK ■ TR 641 S

■ TR 641 S DCF
■ TR 642 S
■ Individual memory card ■ TR 642 S DCF Memory card OBELISK 9070165
■ TR 644 S
■ TR 644 S DCF
■ SELEKTA 173 DCF
Memory card OBELISK top2
■ TR top2
Memory card
■ Individual memory card ■ LUNA top2 OBELISK top2
9070404
■ SELEKTA top2
Wall mounting kit 17.5 mm
■ All DIN rail installation

Wall mounting kit
■ Wall installation set for top mounting, sealable devices with 1 module 17.5 mm
9070065
width
Wall mounting kit 35 mm

Wall mounting kit
■ Wall installation set for top mounting, sealable devices with 2 modules 35 mm
9070064
width
Wall mounting kit 52.5 mm

Wall mounting kit
■ Wall installation set for top mounting, sealable devices with 3 modules 52.5 mm
9070050
width

Wall mounting kit
9070049
width
14
230

ACCESSORIES

number

Wall mounting kit
9070053
width
Cover 55 x 55 for BZ
■ Cover for hour counters ■ BZ 142-1 Cover 55 x 55 for BZ 9070041
Cover 72 x 72 for BZ
■ Cover for hour counters ■ BZ 142-1 Cover 72 x 72 for BZ 9070074
Front kit BZ 142-3
■ Terminal box cover plate for hour counters ■ BZ 142-3 Front-kit BZ 142-3 9070075
Clamp BZ
■ BZ 142-1
■ BZ 143-1
■ Clamping bracket for hour counters Clamp BZ 9070043
■ BZ 146
■ BZ 147
Plug-in socket BZ
■ Plug-in base for hour counters ■ BZ 142-3 Plug-in socket BZ 9070042
Surface frame ECO-IR 180
■ ECO-IR 180A
Surface frame
■ Presence detector surface frame ■ ECO-IR 180-24V ECO-IR 180
9070511
■ ECO-IR 180EIB-AC
14
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES

number
Surface frame ECO-IR 360
■ All ECO-IR 360 Surface frame

■ Presence detector surface frame ECO-IR 360
9070512
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
Surface frame PresenceLight
■ PresenceLight 180 Surface frame

■ Presence detector surface frame PresenceLight
9070513
■ PresenceLight 360
Surface frame compact
■ All compact office

Surface frame
■ Presence detector surface frame ■ All compact compact
9070514
passage/passimo
Bus coupling unit KNX
■ Required for various presence detectors
■ ECO-IR 360EIB-AC Bus coupling unit KNX 9070524
■ For flush-mounted installation
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
RC filter
■ Suppression filter for presence and ■ All presence and motion

RC filter 9070523
motion detectors detectors
QuickFix concrete square

cover ECO-IR 360A
■ QuickFix concrete, flush-mounted socket for ■
concrete ■ ECO-IR 360C NT

■ Flush ceiling installation ■ ECO IR DUAL C NT QuickFix concrete
9070518
■ The presence detector is inserted into the false ■ ECO-IR 360-24V square cover
ceiling using a flush-mounted socket, just leaving ■ ECO-IR 360EIB-AC
pyramid lense visible ■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
QuickFix concrete round

cover ■ QuickFix concrete, flush-mounted socket for ■ ECO-IR 360A
concrete ■ ECO-IR 360C NT
■ Flush ceiling installation ■ ECO IR DUAL C NT QuickFix concrete
9070519
■ The presence detector is inserted into the false ■ ECO-IR 360-24V round cover
ceiling using a flush-mounted socket, just leaving ■ ECO-IR 360EIB-AC
pyramid lense visible ■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
14
232

ACCESSORIES

number
QuickFix square cover
■ ECO-IR 360A
■ QuickFix housing
■ ECO-IR 360C NT
■ For false ceilings
■ ECO IR DUAL C NT
■ Flush ceiling installation QuickFix square cover 9070516
■ ECO-IR 360-24V
■ The presence detector is inserted into the false
ceiling, just leaving pyramid lense visible
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
QuickFix round cover

■ ECO-IR 360A
■ QuickFix housing
■ ECO-IR 360C NT
■ For false ceilings
■ ECO IR DUAL C NT
■ Flush ceiling installation QuickFix round cover 9070517
■ ECO-IR 360-24V
■ The presence detector is inserted into the false
ceiling, just leaving pyramid lense visible
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
QuickFix concrete
flush-mounted box ■ ECO-IR 360A
■ ECO-IR 360C NT
■ ECO IR DUAL C NT QuickFix concrete
■ QuickFix flush-mounted socket concrete flush-mount box
9070521
■ ECO-IR 360-24V
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
QuickFix concrete
flush-mounted housing ■ ECO-IR 360A
■ ECO-IR 360C NT
■ QuickFix housing ■ ECO IR DUAL C NT QuickFix concrete
9070522
■ Incl. flush-mounted socket ■ ECO-IR 360-24V flush-mount housing
■ ECO-IR DUAL-EIB
QuickSafe
■ QuickSafe safety cover
■ Secure protection against damage
■ All Theben HTS presence
■ Robust and solid design QuickSafe 9070531
detectors
■ Particularly impact resistant and vandalproof
■ 6 screws, 3 rawlplugs and 3 spacers
Junction casing,
115 x 115 x 100mm
■ Agro/Kaiser flush-mounted junction box/connec- ■ PlanoCentro Junction casing,

9070689
tion box 9908.01 101-UWH/000-UWH 115 x 115 x 100 mm
clic ■ Infrared remote control for ThebenHTS presence

detectors
■ Switching and dimming of lighting, scene control ■ All remote controlled
■ 2 channels for 2 lighting groups ThebenHTS presence
clic 9070515
■ 2 programmable scenes detectors, except Plano-
■ 5 group addresses for defining channels Centro
■ Coding switch and programming key for the easy
allocation of lighting groups and channels 14
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES

number
■ Infrared remote control for the convenient start-
up of ThebenHTS presence detectors
QuickSet plus
■ Rapid adjustment to changed operating
conditions without uninstalling detectors
■ All remote controlled
■ Transmission of individual settings or complete
ThebenHTS presence
value packages to the detector QuickSet plus 9070532
detectors, except
■ Call up of pre-defined value packets for typical
PlanoCentro
rooms
■ Storing and calling-up 8 user-defined value
packets
■ Onscreen text guidance
SendoClic ■ Infrared remote control for PlanoCentro
■ Switching and dimming of lighting, scene control
■ 2 channels for 2 lighting groups
■ 2 programmable scenes ■ PlanoCentro SendoClic 9070690
■ 5 group addresses for defining channels
■ Coding switch and programming key for the easy
allocation of lighting groups and channels
■ Infrared remote control for the convenient start-
up of HTS presence detectors
■ Compatible with PlanoCentro, compact,
PresenceLight and ECO-IR C NT
■ The SendoPro 868A management remote control
SendoPro 868-A for the electrician enables efficient start-up and
flexible adaptation to new applications.
■ Rapid adjustment of parameters to changed
operating conditions without uninstalling ■ All remote controlled
detectors ThebenHTS presence SendoPro 868-A 9070675
detectors
■ Transmission of individual settings or complete
configuration sets to the detector
■ Select configurations from PlanoCentro
■ Calling up of pre-defined value packets for typical
rooms
■ Saving and calling up user-defined parameter sets
on internal memory or SD card
■ Updates via SD card
LUXA corner angle black
■ For corner installation of motion detectors ■ LUXA 101-150 LUXA corner angle
9070625
■ Wall installation, external corner installation ■ LUXA 101-180 black
LUXA corner angle white
■ LUXA 101-150
■ For corner installation of motion detectors LUXA corner angle
■ LUXA 101-180 white
9070626
■ Wall installation, external corner installation
■ LUXA 101-360
SPHINX corner angle

■ SPHINX 105-110
■ For corner installation of motion detectors ■ SPHINX 105-220
SPHINX corner angle 9070535
14 ■ Wall installation, external corner installation ■
■
SPHINX 105-300
SPHINX 105-300 KNX
234

ACCESSORIES

number
SPHINX RC 104
■ User remote control for SPHINX 104 ■ SPHINX 104-360

■ ON/OFF/Automatic ■ SPHINX 104-360/2
SPHINX RC 104 9070538
■ Teach-in function for teaching in the current ■ SPHINX 104-360 AP
brightness value ■ SPHINX 104-360/2 AP
SPHINX RC 104 Pro ■ Service remote control for SPHINX 104

■ ON/OFF
■ Teach-in function for teaching in the current ■ SPHINX 104-360
brightness value ■ SPHINX 104-360/2
SPHINX RC 104 Pro 9070536
■ Pre-defined brightness values and switch-on ■ SPHINX 104-360 AP
times ■ SPHINX 104-360/2 AP
■ Impulse, reset and test function
■ Block function
SPHINX RC 105
■ User remote control for SPHINX 105
■ SPHINX 105-110
■ ON/OFF (2 hr, 4 hr, continuous)
■ SPHINX 105-220
■ Automatic SPHINX RC 105 9070539
■ SPHINX 105-300
■ Teach-in function for teaching in the current
■ SPHINX 105-300 KNX
brightness value
■ Service remote control for SPHINX 105

SPHINX RC 105 Pro
■ ON/OFF
■ Teach-in function for teaching in the current
■ SPHINX 105-110
brightness value
■ SPHINX 105-220
■ Pre-defined brightness values and switch-on SPHINX RC 105 Pro 9070537
■ SPHINX 105-300
times
■ SPHINX 105-300 KNX
■ Impulse, reset and test function
■ Block function
■ Creep under protection ON/OFF
Surface frame
LUXA 103-200
■ LUXA 103-200 Surface frame

■ Motion detector surface frame LUXA 103-200
9070504
■ LUXA 103-200 T
LUNA star adapter plate

■ The adapter plate simplifies the replacement of
faulty twilight switches from Eberle, ESYLUX, ■ LUNA 126 star
Legrand, Grässlin, Hager, Merten, Senmatic, ■ LUNA 127 star LUNA star
9070486
Theben etc. The plate has standard fixing holes, ■ LUNA 128 star adapter plate
so no further holes need to be drilled in the ■ LUNA 129 star-time
facade. 2 installation screws included
Surface-mounted light sensor
■ Rotating sensor ■ LUNA 108

Surface-mounted
■ With mounting bracket and terminal screws ■ LUXOR 411 light sensor
9070008
■ Protection rating IP 54 ■ LUNA 130 KNX
14
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES

number
Analogue surface-mounted
light sensor
■ Rotating sensor ■ LUNA 108
■ Quick fastening ■ LUNA 109 Analogue surface-
9070416
■ With mounting bracket and screw terminals ■ LUNA 110 mounted light sensor
■ Protection rating IP 55 ■ LUNA 120 top2
Digital surface-mounted
light sensor
■ Rotating sensor ■ LUNA 111 top2
■ Quick fastening ■ LUNA 112 top2 Digital surface-
9070415
■ With mounting bracket and screw terminals ■ LUNA 121 top2 RC mounted light sensor
■ Protection rating IP 55 ■ LUNA 122 top2 RC
Analogue flush-mounted
light sensor
■ LUNA 108
■ Connecting cable 1.5 m ■ LUNA 109 Analogue flush-
9070011
■ Protection rating IP 65 ■ LUNA 110 mounted light sensor
■ LUNA 120 top2
Digital flush-mounted
light sensor
■ LUNA 111 top2
■ Screwless terminals ■ LUNA 112 top2 Digital flush-mounted
9070456
■ Protection rating IP 66 ■ LUNA 121 top2 RC light sensor
Flush-mounted light sensor

LUNA KNX
Flush-mounted light
■ Connecting cable 1.5 m, protection rating IP 65 ■ LUNA 130 KNX sensor LUNA KNX
9070247
Power unit CO2 sensor

Power unit CO2sensor ■ 24 V/12 W flush-mounted power unit ■ AMUN 716 R (Available May 2010)
9070494
Adapter RAMSES 72x/78x
■ Wallpaper/wall cover plate for replacement of

■ All analogue clock Adapter
RAMSES 3…devices with new clock thermostats, RAMSES 72x/78x
9070245
thermostats
e.˘g. RAMSES 722…
Adapter plate RAMSES 70x
■ Adapter plate for flush-mounted socket Adapter plate

■ RAMSES 701–709 RAMSES 70x
9070480
79 x 79 mm
Adapter plate RAMSES 714

14 ■ SOTHIS 715
■ Adapter plate for flush-mounted socket ■ RAMSES 714 Adapter plate
9070212
79 x 79 mm ■ RAMSES 714 A RAMSES 714
■ RAMSES 714 A/FH
236

ACCESSORIES

number
Flow temperature sensor
■ RAMSES 855 top2 OT Flow temperature

■ Also required for applications with 2 feed sensors sensor
9070371
■ RAMSES OT Center
Antenna RAMSES 813/833 ■ RAMSES 813 top2 HF

Set 1
■ For 868 MHz with wall holder and 2 m screened
■ RAMSES 833 top2 HF Antenna
connection cable (only required in event of poor RAMSES 813/833
9070334
Set 1
reception quality).
■ RAMSES 833 top2 HF
Set 2
External temperature
sensor 1
■ All RAMSES with external
inputs
■ External temperature sensor External temperature
■ CHEOPS control KNX 9070191
sensor 1
■ CHEOPS drive KNX
■ RAMSES 713 S KNX
sensor 2
■ All RAMSES with external External temperature

■ With temperature adjustment of ± 3 K sensor 2
9070192
inputs
sensor IP 65
■ External temperature sensor ■ All RAMSES with external External temperature

9070459
■ Protection rating IP 65 inputs sensor IP 65
Temperature sensor ■ RAMSES 712 KNX

■ RAMSES 713 S KNX
■ FCA 1 KNX
■ Temperature sensor for laying in floor ■ RAMSES 831 top2 Temperature sensor 9070321
■ RAMSES 832 top2
Set 1/Set 2
GSM modem
■ RAMSES 816 top

■ Incl. antenna, power unit and connecting cables ■ RAMSES 817 top GSM modem 9070396
■ RAMSES 855 top
RAMSES OT Center
■ Extends the RAMSES 855 top with an additional

mixer circuit, chimney sweep function, and a relay ■ RAMSES 855 top2 OT RAMSES OT Center 9070427
14
output for error messages
0 15.03.2010

ACCESSORIES

number
Frame RAMSES 74x
■ RAMSES 741
■ Frame for mechanical clock thermostat
■ RAMSES 746 Frame RAMSES 74x 9070603
■ Without central part
■ RAMSES 748
Socket RAMSES

■ Plug-in socket for installing the RAMSES HF clock Set A/Set S/Set 1
Socket RAMSES 9070605
thermostat on the wall ■ RAMSES 833 top2 HF
Set 1/Set2
■ Actuator for radiators, heating circuit distributors

or individual heating circuits
Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V ■ Operating voltage 230 V AC
■ "First open function" for easy installation and
heating start-up
■ All RAMSES
■ Plug-in installation on valve adapters Actuator ALPHA 4
■ HMG 4 KNX 230 V
9070438
■ 100 % protection against damaging drives
■ HME 4 KNX
through leaking valves
■ Function and adjustment checking
■ Protection against disassembly by means of
removable SaveGuard
■ Guaranteed overvoltage protection
Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V
■ All RAMSES
■ HMG 4 KNX
■ Like actuator ALPHA 4 230 V, however: Actuator ALPHA 4
■ HME 4 KNX 9070439
■ Operating voltage 24 V 24 V
■ HMT 6 KNX
■ HMT 12 KNX
Plunge sensor RAMSES

■ Additionally required for applications with service
■ RAMSES 855 top2 OT Plunge sensor RAMSES 9070379
water control or boiler plunge sensor
Valve adapter VA 78

■ Actuator ALPHA 4
■ Valve adapter for Danfoss RA 230 V/24 V
Valve adapter VA 78 9070436
■ Further valve adapters available upon request ■ CHEOPS control KNX
Valve adapter VA 80

■ Valve adapters for Onda, Schlösser(from 1993),
■ Actuator ALPHA 4
Oventrop (M30 x 1.5), Heimeier, Herb, Therm-
230 V/24 V
Concept, Frank, Roth (distributor), Dinotherm Valve adapter VA 80 9070437
■ CHEOPS control KNX
(distributor).
■ Further valve adapters available upon request
Central part
RAMSES 741/748
14 ■ Central part without switch section and setting ■ RAMSES 741 Central part
RAMSES 741/748
9070602
button ■ RAMSES 748
238

ACCESSORIES

number
Central part RAMSES 746
■ Central part with switch section and setting Central part

■ RAMSES 746 RAMSES 746
9070601
button
Mast mounting
weather station
■ LUXOR 412
■ For mast installation of the weather station ■ LUXOR 413 Mast mounting
9070380
■ Diameter 60–80 mm ■ Weather station KNX weather station
■ Weather station basic KNX
Diode module LUXOR

■ LUXOR 400
■ Required for special functions (group/central ■ LUXOR 402
function) ■ LUXOR 404 Diode module LUXOR 9070367
■ 2 items included in delivery ■ LUXOR 408
■ LUXOR 409
GSM cable PHARAO-II
■ Enables connection to be established and SMS
data to be transmitted to mobile telephone, email ■ All PHARAO controls GSM cable PHARAO-II 9070329
address or fax machine.
Power unit 24 V DC

■ Power pack for supply voltage from PHARAO
controllers and sensors. Power unit sufficient for ■ LUNA 131 DDC
5 x PhARAO-II 14/15 or 4 x PHARAO-II 24/25 ■ LUXOR 413 Power unit 24 V DC 9079330
controls ■ All PHARAO controls
■ Width 3 modules (52.5 mm)
Programming software
PHARAO
■ Software for PHARAO and PHARAO-II Generation Programming software

■ All PHARAO controls PHARAO
9070251
■ CD for Windows 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP
Programming cable PHARAO

■ For series connection (RS 232) to enable control
programs to be configured and parameterised. Programming cable
■ All PHARAO controls PHARAO
9070252
This cable is used to connect an analogue model
for remote maintenance and remote control.
Memory module PHARAO-II

■ Plug-in external EEPROM memory module 5kB
for transferring and/or downloading the program
from or to the internal EEPROM system memory. Memory module
■ All PHARAO controls PHARAO-II
9070328
Internal program is deactivated for as long as
the external memory module is plugged in (dual
programming).
14
0 15.03.2010

A…E Index 2010/2011
Type Article number EAN/GTIN number Page Type Article number EAN/GTIN number Page
A compact passage BK 2010806 7612748002746 72

Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V 9070438 4003468904244 238 compact passage KNX 2019290 7612748001732 192
Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V 9070439 4003468904251 238 compact passage KNX BK 2019803 7612748002890 192
Adapter plate RAMSES 70x 9070480 4003468904299 236 compact passage KNX SR 2019804 7612748002906 192
Adapter plate RAMSES 714 9070212 4003468900796 236 compact passage SR 2010807 7612748002753 72
Adapter RAMSES 72x/78x 9070245 4003468902059 236 compact passimo BK 2010809 7612748003361 74
AMUN 716 KNX 7169200 4003468716205 187 compact passimo KNX BK 2019809 7612748003446 194
AMUN 716 R 7160101 4003468716250 162 compact passimo KNX SR 2019810 7612748003453 194
AMUN 716 USB 7169101 4003468716106 162 compact passimo KNX WH 2019280 7612748003439 194
Analogue flush-mounted light sensor 9070011 4003468900604 236 compact passimo SR 2010810 7612748003378 74
Analogue surface-mounted light compact passimo WH 2010080 7612748003354 74
9070416 4003468904275 236
sensor Cover 55 x 55 for BZ 9070041 4003468902004 231
Antenna DCF77 9070243 4003468900512 228 Cover 72 x 72 for BZ 9070074 4003468900925 231
Antenna DCF77 KNX 9070271 4003468903056 228 D
Antenna RAMES 813/833 9070334 4003468909447 237 Digital flush-mounted light sensor 9070456 4003468904343 236
Antenna top2 RC-DCF 9070410 4003468904077 228 Digital surface-mounted light sensor 9070415 4003468904268 236
Antenna top2 RC-GPS 9070610 4003468903254 228 Diode module LUXOR 9070367 4003468903605 239
B DMB 2 S KNX 4910272 4003468491720 174
BME 6 KNX 4910231 4003468491317 178 DME 2 S KNX 4910271 4003468491713 174
BMG 6 KNX 4910230 4003468491300 178 DMG 2 S KNX 4910270 4003468491706 174
Bus coupling unit KNX 9070524 7612748000629 232 E
BZ 142-1 1420721 4003468140017 58 ECO-IR 180A 2020050 7612748000476 88
BZ 142-1 110V 1421721 4003468140604 58 ECO-IR 180A BK 2020809 7612748002111 88
BZ 142-1 240V 1420621 4003468140086 58 ECO-IR 180A SR 2020810 7612748002128 88
BZ 142-1 24V 1424721 4003468140932 58 ECO-IR 180A-24V 2024050 7612748000537 98
BZ 142-3 1420723 4003468140024 58 ECO-IR 180A-24V BK 2024803 7612748002234 98
BZ 143-1 1430721 4003468140130 58 ECO-IR 180A-24V SR 2024804 7612748002241 98
BZ 145 1450000 4003468140918 58 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC 2029250 7612748000599 196
BZ 145 24V 1459024 4003468141021 58 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC BK 2029809 7612748002357 196
BZ 146 1460000 4003468146002 60 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC SR 2029810 7612748002364 196
BZ 147 1470000 4003468147009 60 ECO-IR 360-24V 2024000 7612748000544 96
BZ 147 24V 1479000 4003468147023 60 ECO-IR 360-24V BK 2024800 7612748002203 96
BZ 148 1480000 4003468148006 60 ECO-IR 360-24V SR 2024801 7612748002210 96
C ECO-IR 360A 2020000 7612748000483 76
Central part RAMSES 741/748 9070602 4003468904589 238 ECO-IR 360A BK 2020806 7612748002081 76
Central part RAMSES 746 9070601 4003468904572 239 ECO-IR 360A SR 2020807 7612748002098 76
CHEOPS control KNX 7329201 4003468732014 186 ECO-IR 360C NT 2020400 7612748000834 78
CHEOPS drive KNX 7319200 4003468731000 186 ECO-IR 360C NT BK 2020812 7612748002142 78
Clamp BZ 9070043 4003468900703 231 ECO-IR 360C NT SR 2020813 7612748002159 78
clic 9070515 7612748000919 233 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC 2029201 7612748000605 198
compact office 2010000 7612748000698 68 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC BK 2029803 7612748002296 198
compact office 24V 2014000 7612748001039 90 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC SR 2029804 7612748002302 198
compact office 24V BK 2014800 7612748002777 90 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT 2020401 7612748000872 80
compact office 24V Lux 2014001 7612748001121 92 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT BK 2020815 7612748002173 80
compact office 24V Lux BK 2014803 7612748002807 92 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT SR 2020816 7612748002180 80
compact office 24V Lux SR 2014804 7612748002814 92 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB 2029200 7612748000612 198
compact office 24V SR 2014801 7612748002784 90 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB BK 2029800 7612748002265 198
compact office BK 2010800 7612748002685 68 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB SR 2029801 7612748002272 198
compact office DIM 2010001 7612748000773 70 ELPA 041 0410002 4003468041000 132
compact office DIM BK 2010803 7612748002715 70 ELPA 047 0470002 4003468047002 132
compact office DIM SR 2010804 7612748002722 70 ELPA 1 0010002 4003468010518 128
compact office EIB 2019200 7612748000940 192 ELPA 3 0030002 4003468010501 128
compact office EIB BK 2019800 7612748002869 192 ELPA 4 0040001 4003468010457 130
compact office EIB SR 2019801 7612748002876 192 ELPA 6 0060002 4003468010525 128
compact office SR 2010801 7612748002692 68 ELPA 7 0070002 4003468007006 128
compact passage 2010090 7612748001626 72 ELPA 8 0080002 4003468010068 130
compact passage 24V 2014090 7612748001725 94 ELPA 9 0090001 4003468010129 130
compact passage 24V BK 2014806 7612748002838 94 EM 4 top2 6490104 4003468649008 20
compact passage 24V SR 2014807 7612748002845 94 EM LAN top2 6490900 4003468649015 20
240 15.03.2010 15

Index 2010/2011 F…P
External temperature sensor 1 9070191 4003468901915 237 LUXA 101-150 1010963 4003468101025 102
External temperature sensor 2 9070192 4003468901922 237 LUXA 101-150 1010964 4003468101032 102
External temperature sensor IP 65 9070459 4003468903810 237 LUXA 101-180 1010961 4003468101001 102
F LUXA 101-180 1010962 4003468101018 102
FCA 1 KNX 4920200 4003468492000 189 LUXA 101-360 1010460 4003468101049 106
Flow temperature sensor 9070371 4003468903629 237 LUXA 102-150/150W 1020961 4003468102008 104
Flush-mounted light sensor LUNA LUXA 102-150/150W 1020962 4003468102015 104
9070247 4003468902882 236
KNX LUXA 102-150/500W 1020963 4003468102022 104
Frame RAMSES 74x 9070603 4003468904596 238 LUXA 102-150/500W 1020964 4003468102039 104
FRI 77 g 0770033 4003468070024 52 LUXA 103-200 1030030 4003468103043 114
FRI 77 g-2 0770832 4003468070086 52 LUXA 103-200 T 1030031 4003468103050 114
FRI 77 h 0770008 4003468070017 52 LUXA 103-360 1030010 4003468103005 110
FRI 77 h-2 0770802 4003468070048 52 LUXA 103-360 AP 1030020 4003468103029 112
Front panel kit 9070001 4003468900109 228 LUXA 103-360/2 1030011 4003468103012 110
Front-kit BZ 142-3 9070075 4003468900932 231 LUXA 103-360/2 AP 1030021 4003468103036 112
G LUXA corner angle black 9070625 4003468909522 234
GSM cable PHARAO-II 9070329 4003468903483 239 LUXA corner angle white 9070626 4003468909515 234
GSM modem 9070396 4003468903407 237 LUXOR 400 4000000 4003468400005 214
H LUXOR 402 4020000 4003468402009 214
HME 4 KNX 4910211 4003468491119 184 LUXOR 404 4040000 4003468404003 214
HMG 4 KNX 4910210 4003468491102 184 LUXOR 405 4050000 4003468405000 216
HMT 12 KNX 4900274 4003468490549 185 LUXOR 408 4080000 4003468408001 217
HMT 6 KNX 4900273 4003468490532 185 LUXOR 409 4090000 4003468409008 217
I LUXOR 411 4110000 4003468411001 218
Interface USB KNX 9070397 4003468903995 209 LUXOR 412 4120000 4003468412008 218
J LUXOR 413 4130000 4003468413005 218
JME 4 24V DC KNX 4900254 4003468490594 177 LUXOR 414 4140000 4003468414002 220
JME 4 S KNX 4910251 4003468491515 177 LUXOR Set 3 4990003 4003468499030 221
JMG 4 24V DC KNX 4900253 4003468490587 176 LUXOR Set 4 4990004 4003468499047 221
JMG 4 S KNX 4910250 4003468491508 176 M
Junction casing 115 x 115 x 100 mm 9070689 7612748002661 233 Mast mounting weather station 9070380 4003468903742 239
L MEM 190 a 1900001 4003468190050 32
Line coupler KNX 9070398 4003468904008 209 MEM 198 h 1980008 4003468190135 38
LUNA 108 AL 1080710 4003468108017 116 Memory card OBELISK 9070165 4003468901656 230
LUNA 108 EL 1080700 4003468108000 116 Memory card OBELISK KNX 16 K 9070223 4003468902417 229
LUNA 109 AL 1090100 4003468109007 116 Memory card OBELISK KNX 64 K 9070320 4003468903315 230
LUNA 109 EL 1090200 4003468109014 116 Memory card OBELISK top2 9070404 4003468904053 230
LUNA 110 AL 1100100 4003468111109 116 Memory module PHARAO-II 9070328 4003468903414 239
LUNA 110 AL 1104100 4003468111161 116 O
LUNA 110 EL 1100200 4003468111154 116 OBELISK KNX PC set 9070305 4003468903070 229
LUNA 111 top2 AL 1110100 4003468111147 118 OBELISK PC set 9070230 4003468903001 229
LUNA 111 top2 EL 1110200 4003468111116 118 OBELISK top2 PC set 9070409 4003468904015 229
LUNA 112 top2 AL 1120100 4003468112007 118 OSIRIA 220 AR KNX 5009200 4003468500057 210
LUNA 112 top2 EL 1120200 4003468112014 118 OSIRIA 230 AR KNX 5009210 4003468500071 210
LUNA 120 top2 AL 1200100 4003468120002 120 OSIRIA 230 SR KNX 5009211 4003468500088 210
LUNA 120 top2 EL 1200200 4003468120019 120 OSIRIA 232 BQ KNX 5009223 4003468500293 210
LUNA 121 top2 RC AL 1210100 4003468121009 120 OSIRIA 240 AR KNX 5009230 4003468500132 210
LUNA 121 top2 RC EL 1210200 4003468121016 120 OSIRIA 240 SR KNX 5009231 4003468500149 210
LUNA 122 top2 RC AL 1220100 4003468122006 120 OSIRIA 241 AR KNX 5009240 4003468500170 210
LUNA 122 top2 RC EL 1220200 4003468122013 120 OSIRIA 241 BR KNX 5009241 4003468500187 210
LUNA 126 star 1260701 4003468126035 122 OSIRIA 242 AR KNX 5009250 4003468500194 210
LUNA 127 star 1270700 4003468127001 122 OSIRIA 242 SR KNX 5009251 4003468500200 210
LUNA 128 star 1280700 4003468128008 122 OSIRIA 251 BQ KNX 5009252 4003468500279 210
LUNA 129 star-time 1290700 4003468129005 122 OSIRIA 280 B KNX 5009280 4003468500217 210
LUNA 130 KNX AL 1309200 4003468130018 201 OT-Center RAMSES 9070427 4003468904497 237
LUNA 131 DDC 1319700 4003468131022 226 P
LUNA 131 S KNX 1319201 4003468131039 202 PHARAO-II 10 (AC) 5750210 4003468575185 224
LUNA 133 KNX 1339200 4003468133002 203 PHARAO-II 11 (DC) 5759211 4003468575192 224
LUNA star adpater plate 9070486 4003468907559 235 PHARAO-II 14 (AC) 5750014 4003468575093 224
0 15.03.2010
241

Q…S Index 2010/2011
PHARAO-II 15 (DC) 5759015 4003468575109 224 RAMSES 714 A 7140016 4003468714133 158
PHARAO-II 24 (AC) 5750024 4003468575116 224 RAMSES 714 A/FH 7140017 4003468714270 158
PHARAO-II 25 (DC) 5759025 4003468575123 224 RAMSES 721 7210030 4003468721018 150
PHARAO-II Upgrade 4AR (AC) 5759102 4003468575154 224 RAMSES 722 7220030 4003468722015 150
PlanoCentro 000-EBK 2040103 7612748003286 82 RAMSES 722 S 7220801 4003468722022 148
PlanoCentro 000-ESR 2040104 7612748003293 82 RAMSES 725 7250030 4003468725016 150
PlanoCentro 000-EWH 2040102 7612748003279 82 RAMSES 741 7410130 4003468741023 156
PlanoCentro 000-UBK 2040203 7612748003323 82 RAMSES 741 RA 7410131 4003468741030 156
PlanoCentro 000-USR 2040204 7612748003330 82 RAMSES 746 7460130 4003468746028 156
PlanoCentro 000-UWH 2040202 7612748003316 82 RAMSES 746 RA 7460131 4003468746035 156
PlanoCentro 101-EBK 2030103 7612748002463 82 RAMSES 748 7480130 4003468748022 156
PlanoCentro 101-ESR 2030104 7612748002470 82 RAMSES 748 RA 7480131 4003468748039 156
PlanoCentro 101-EWH 2030102 7612748002456 82 RAMSES 751 RA 7510131 4003468751008 158
PlanoCentro 101-UBK 2030203 7612748002500 82 RAMSES 770 KNX 7709200 4003468770009 181
PlanoCentro 101-USR 2030204 7612748002517 82 RAMSES 782 7820030 4003468782019 150
PlanoCentro 101-UWH 2030202 7612748002494 82 RAMSES 782 S 7820801 4003468782026 148
Plug-in socket BZ 9070042 4003468900697 231 RAMSES 784 7840030 4003468784013 150
Plunge sensor RAMSES 9070379 4003468903711 238 RAMSES 784 S 7840801 4003468784020 148
Power unit 24 V DC 9079330 4003468903520 239 RAMSES 811 top2 8119132 4003468811139 136
Power unit CO2 sensor 9070494 4003468904534 236 RAMSES 812 top2 8120132 4003468812037 138
Power unit DCF77 9070182 4003468901694 229 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1 8139501 4003468813218 140
Power unit top2 GPS 9070892 4003468904718 229 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A 8139503 4003468813164 140
Power supply KNX 160 mA 9070701 4003468904558 208 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S 8139505 4003468813188 140
Power supply KNX 320 mA 9070699 4003468904541 208 RAMSES 831 top2 8319132 4003468831052 136
Power supply KNX 640 mA 9070364 4003468903582 208 RAMSES 832 top2 8320132 4003468832035 138
Programming cable PHARAO 9070252 4003468902851 239 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 8339501 4003468833049 142
Programming software PHARAO 9070251 4003468902844 239 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2 8339502 4003468833056 142
PresenceLight 180 2000050 7612748001602 86 RAMSES 855 top2 OT 8559132 4003468855010 144
PresenceLight 180 BK 2000803 7612748002050 86 RC filter 9070523 7612748001701 232
PresenceLight 180 SR 2000804 7612748002067 86 RME 4 C-Load KNX 4910207 4003468491072 170
PresenceLight 360 2000000 7612748001107 64 RME 4 I KNX 4930215 4003468493090 168
PresenceLight 360 BK 2000800 7612748002029 64 RME 4 S KNX 4910205 4003468491058 171
PresenceLight 360 SR 2000801 7612748002036 64 RME 8 KNX 4900252 4003468490457 172
Q RME 8 S KNX 4930225 4003468493076 169
QuickFix circular cover 9070517 7612748000568 233 RMG 4 C-Load KNX 4910206 4003468491065 170
QuickFix concrete circular cover 9070519 7612748000964 232 RMG 4 I KNX 4930210 4003468493083 168
QuickFix concrete flush-mount box 9070521 7612748000742 233 RMG 4 S KNX 4910204 4003468491041 171
QuickFix concrete flush-mount RMG 8 KNX 4900251 4003468490440 172
9070522 7612748000551 233
housing RMG 8 S KNX 4930220 4003468493069 169
QuickFix concrete square cover 9070518 7612748000971 232 S
QuickFix square cover 9070516 7612748000575 233 SELEKTA 170 top2 1700100 4003468170533 16
QuickSafe 9070531 7612748000582 233 SELEKTA 170 top2 24V 1704100 4003468170564 16
QuickSet plus 9070532 7612748000926 234 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 1710100 4003468171004 16
R SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 24V 1714100 4003468171035 16
RAMSES 366/1 top 3660002 4003468360217 146 SELEKTA 172 top2 1720100 4003468172001 16
RAMSES 366/2 top 3660052 4003468360293 146 SELEKTA 172 top2 24V 1724100 4003468172056 16
RAMSES 701 7010001 4003468701140 154 SELEKTA 173 DCF 1730001 4003468173008 21
RAMSES 702 7020001 4003468702055 154 SendoClic 9070690 7612748002678 234
RAMSES 703 7030001 4003468703052 154 SendoPro 868-A 9070675 7612748002524 234
RAMSES 704 7040001 4003468704028 154 SME 2 S KNX 4910274 4003468491744 173
RAMSES 705 7050001 4003468705032 154 SMG 2 S KNX 4910273 4003468491737 173
RAMSES 706 7060001 4003468706022 154 Snap-on mounting 72 x 72 9070071 4003468900895 229
RAMSES 707 7070001 4003468707029 154 Socket RAMSES 9070605 4003468904657 238
RAMSES 708 7080001 4003468708026 154 SOTHIS 715 7150002 4003468715024 164
RAMSES 709 7090001 4003468709030 154 SPHINX 104-360 1040370 4003468104026 66
RAMSES 712 KNX 7129200 4003468712009 183 SPHINX 104-360 AP 1040360 4003468104002 66
RAMSES 713 FC KNX 7139202 4003468713020 188 SPHINX 104-360/2 1040372 4003468104033 66
RAMSES 713 S KNX 7139201 4003468713013 182 SPHINX 104-360/2 AP 1040362 4003468104019 66
RAMSES 714 7140002 4003468714126 158 SPHINX 105-110 1050110 4003468105009 108
242 15.03.2010 15

Index 2010/2011 T…Z
SPHINX 105-220 1050220 4003468105016 108 TR 610 top2 6100100 4003468611814 10

SPHINX 105-300 1050300 4003468105023 108 TR 610 top2 24V 6104100 4003468613009 10
SPHINX 105-300 KNX 1059203 4003468105030 191 TR 610 top2 G 6100110 4003468612590 10
SPHINX 331 KNX 1079211 4003468107058 190 TR 611 top2 6110100 4003468611821 12
SPHINX 332 KNX 1079212 4003468107065 190 TR 611 top2 24V 6114100 4003468613016 12
SPHINX corner angle 9070535 4003468904398 234 TR 611 top2 RC 6110300 4003468611838 12
SPHINX RC 104 9070538 4003468904428 235 TR 611 top2 RC 24V 6114300 4003468612231 12
SPHINX RC 104 Pro 9070536 4003468904404 235 TR 612 S KNX 6129201 4003468611203 206
SPHINX RC 105 9070539 4003468904435 235 TR 612 top 24V 6124002 4003468612484 15
SPHINX RC 105 Pro 9070537 4003468904411 235 TR 612 top2 6120100 4003468611845 10
SUD 228 II 2280577 4003468228012 226 TR 612 top2 24V 6124100 4003468613023 10
SUL 180 a 1800001 4003468183311 32 TR 622 top2 6220100 4003468611852 12
SUL 181 d 1810011 4003468182383 34 TR 622 top2 24V 6224100 4003468613030 12
SUL 181 h 1810008 4003468180051 36 TR 635 top 6350002 4003468630556 24
SUL 181 h 12V 1817008 4003468181980 36 TR 636 top 6360002 4003468630563 24
SUL 181 h 24V 1814008 4003468182505 36 TR 641 S 6410001 4003468641064 22
SUL 188 g 1880033 4003468181003 40 TR 641 S 12V 6419012 4003468641040 22
SUL 188 h 1880008 4003468180983 38 TR 641 S DCF 6410301 4003468641071 22
SUL 188 hw 1880108 4003468181010 40 TR 641 top2 6410100 4003468641088 18
SUL 189 hw 1890108 4003468181164 46 TR 641 top2 RC 6410300 4003468641026 18
SUL 189 s 1890801 4003468180631 42 TR 642 S 6420001 4003468642061 22
SUL 189 s 110V 1891801 4003468182093 42 TR 642 S DCF 6420301 4003468642078 22
SUL 191 w 1910011 4003468191040 34 TR 642 top2 6420100 4003468642085 18
SUL 285/1 T 2850008 4003468285015 48 TR 642 top2 RC 6420300 4003468642023 18
SUL 285/2 T 2850033 4003468285022 48 TR 644 S 6440001 4003468644164 22
SUL 289 g 2890033 4003468280096 44 TR 644 S 120V 6448110 4003468644065 22
SUL 289 h 2890008 4003468280089 44 TR 644 S 12V 6448012 4003468644102 22
Surface frame compact 9070514 7612748000711 232 TR 644 S 24V 6448024 4003468644072 22
Surface frame ECO-IR 180 9070511 7612748000735 231 TR 644 S DCF 6440301 4003468644171 22
Surface frame ECO-IR 360 9070512 7612748000728 232 TR 644 S DCF KNX 6449204 4003468644195 204
Surface frame PresenceLight 9070513 7612748001145 232 TR 644 S KNX 6449203 4003468644188 204
Surface-mounted light sensor 9070008 4003468900574 235 TR 644 top2 6440100 4003468644232 18
SYN 151 h 1510011 4003468151006 34 TR 644 top2 RC 6440300 4003468644027 18
SYN 160 a 1600001 4003468161609 32 TR 648 S DCF KNX 6489201 4003468648018 204
SYN 161 d 1610011 4003468161371 36 TR 685/2 top 6850012 4003468685136 26
SYN 161 h 1610008 4003468160039 36 V
SYN 168 h 1680008 4003468160381 38 Valve adapter VA 78 9070436 4003468904220 238
SYN 169 s 1690801 4003468160633 38 Valve adapter VA 80 9070437 4003468904237 238
SYN 269 g 2690033 4003468260029 44 VARIA 824 KNX 8249200 4003468824009 180
SYN 269 h 2690008 4003468260012 44 VARIA 826 KNX 8269200 4003468826003 180
T VARIA 826 KNX 8269201 4003468826010 180
TA 2 KNX 4969202 4003468496022 179 W
TA 4 KNX 4969204 4003468496046 179 Wall mounting kit 105 mm 9070053 4003468902363 231
TA 6 KNX 4969206 4003468496060 179 Wall mounting kit 17,5 mm 9070065 4003468900833 230
Temperature sensor 9070321 4003468903360 237 Wall mounting kit 35 mm 9070064 4003468900826 230
Terminal cover 52,5 mm 9070061 4003468900802 228 Wall mounting kit 52,5 mm 9070050 4003468900734 230
theben-eltimo 020 S 0200000 4003468022313 28 Wall mounting kit 70 mm 9070049 4003468900727 230
theben-eltimo 020 S DCF 0200300 4003468024034 28 Weather station basic KNX 1329205 4003468132043 201
theben-timer 26 0260030 4003468020821 50 Weather station KNX 1329201 4003468132029 201
theben-timer 26 IP 44 0260855 4003468020166 50 Z
theben-timer 27 0270930 4003468020869 50 ZS 600 DCF KNX 6009200 4003468600009 207
TM 171 h 1710008 4003468170038 36
TM 178 h 1780008 4003468170144 36
TM 179 h 1790008 4003468170151 46
TM 345 B 3450730 4003468340103 56
TM 345 M 3450731 4003468340110 56
TR 030 top 0300002 4003468030073 27
TR 608 top 6080002 4003468608081 14
TR 610 top 24V 6104002 4003468611746 15
0 15.03.2010
243

0010002 … 2000803 Index 2010/2011
Article number Type EAN/GTIN number Page Article number Type EAN/GTIN number Page
0010002 ELPA 1 4003468010518 128 1220100 LUNA 122 top2 RC AL 4003468122006 120
0030002 ELPA 3 4003468010501 128 1220200 LUNA 122 top2 RC EL 4003468122013 120
0040001 ELPA 4 4003468010457 130 1260701 LUNA 126 star 4003468126035 122
0060002 ELPA 6 4003468010525 128 1270700 LUNA 127 star 4003468127001 122
0070002 ELPA 7 4003468007006 128 1280700 LUNA 128 star 4003468128008 122
0080002 ELPA 8 4003468010068 130 1290700 LUNA 129 star-time 4003468129005 122
0090001 ELPA 9 4003468010129 130 1309200 LUNA 130 KNX AL 4003468130018 201
0200000 theben-eltimo 020 S 4003468022313 28 1319201 LUNA 131 S KNX 4003468131039 202
0200300 theben-eltimo 020 S DCF 4003468024034 28 1319700 LUNA 131 DDC 4003468131022 226
0260030 theben-timer 26 4003468020821 50 1329201 Weather station KNX 4003468132029 201
0260855 theben-timer 26 IP 44 4003468020166 50 1329205 Weather station basic KNX 4003468132043 201
0270930 theben-timer 27 4003468020869 50 1339200 LUNA 133 KNX 4003468133002 203
0300002 TR 030 top 4003468030073 27 1420621 BZ 142-1 240V 4003468140086 58
0410002 ELPA 041 4003468041000 132 1420721 BZ 142-1 4003468140017 58
0470002 ELPA 047 4003468047002 132 1420723 BZ 142-3 4003468140024 58
0770008 FRI 77 h 4003468070017 52 1421721 BZ 142-1 110V 4003468140604 58
0770033 FRI 77 g 4003468070024 52 1424721 BZ 142-1 24V 4003468140932 58
0770802 FRI 77 h-2 4003468070048 52 1430721 BZ 143-1 4003468140130 58
0770832 FRI 77 g-2 4003468070086 52 1450000 BZ 145 4003468140918 58
1010460 LUXA 101-360 4003468101049 106 1459024 BZ 145 24V 4003468141021 58
1010961 LUXA 101-180 4003468101001 102 1460000 BZ 146 4003468146002 60
1010962 LUXA 101-180 4003468101018 102 1470000 BZ 147 4003468147009 60
1010963 LUXA 101-150 4003468101025 102 1479000 BZ 147 24V 4003468147023 60
1010964 LUXA 101-150 4003468101032 102 1480000 BZ 148 4003468148006 60
1020961 LUXA 102-150/150W 4003468102008 104 1510011 SYN 151 h 4003468151006 34
1020962 LUXA 102-150/150W 4003468102015 104 1600001 SYN 160 a 4003468161609 32
1020963 LUXA 102-150/500W 4003468102022 104 1610008 SYN 161 h 4003468160039 36
1020964 LUXA 102-150/500W 4003468102039 104 1610011 SYN 161 d 4003468161371 36
1030010 LUXA 103-360 4003468103005 110 1680008 SYN 168 h 4003468160381 38
1030011 LUXA 103-360/2 4003468103012 110 1690801 SYN 169 s 4003468160633 38
1030020 LUXA 103-360 AP 4003468103029 112 1700100 SELEKTA 170 top2 4003468170533 16
1030021 LUXA 103-360/2 AP 4003468103036 112 1704100 SELEKTA 170 top2 24V 4003468170564 16
1030030 LUXA 103-200 4003468103043 114 1710008 TM 171 h 4003468170038 36
1030031 LUXA 103-200 T 4003468103050 114 1710100 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 4003468171004 16
1040360 SPHINX 104-360 AP 4003468104002 66 1714100 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC 24V 4003468171035 16
1040362 SPHINX 104-360/2 AP 4003468104019 66 1720100 SELEKTA 172 top2 4003468172001 16
1040370 SPHINX 104-360 4003468104026 66 1724100 SELEKTA 172 top2 24V 4003468172056 16
1040372 SPHINX 104-360/2 4003468104033 66 1730001 SELEKTA 173 DCF 4003468173008 21
1050110 SPHINX 105-110 4003468105009 108 1780008 TM 178 h 4003468170144 36
1050220 SPHINX 105-220 4003468105016 108 1790008 TM 179 h 4003468170151 46
1050300 SPHINX 105-300 4003468105023 108 1800001 SUL 180 a 4003468183311 32
1059203 SPHINX 105-300 KNX 4003468105030 191 1810008 SUL 181 h 4003468180051 36
1079211 SPHINX 331 KNX 4003468107058 190 1810011 SUL 181 d 4003468182383 34
1079212 SPHINX 332 KNX 4003468107065 190 1814008 SUL 181 h 24V 4003468182505 36
1080700 LUNA 108 EL 4003468108000 116 1817008 SUL 181 h 12V 4003468181980 36
1080710 LUNA 108 AL 4003468108017 116 1880008 SUL 188 h 4003468180983 38
1090100 LUNA 109 AL 4003468109007 116 1880033 SUL 188 g 4003468181003 40
1090200 LUNA 109 EL 4003468109014 116 1880108 SUL 188 hw 4003468181010 40
1100100 LUNA 110 AL 4003468111109 116 1890108 SUL 189 hw 4003468181164 46
1100200 LUNA 110 EL 4003468111154 116 1890801 SUL 189 s 4003468180631 42
1104100 LUNA 110 AL 4003468111161 116 1891801 SUL 189 s 110V 4003468182093 42
1110100 LUNA 111 top2 AL 4003468111147 118 1900001 MEM 190 a 4003468190050 32
1110200 LUNA 111 top2 EL 4003468111116 118 1910011 SUL 191 w 4003468191040 34
1120100 LUNA 112 top2 AL 4003468112007 118 1980008 MEM 198 h 4003468190135 38
1120200 LUNA 112 top2 EL 4003468112014 118 2000000 PresenceLight 360 7612748001107 64
1200100 LUNA 120 top2 AL 4003468120002 120 2000050 PresenceLight 180 7612748001602 86
1200200 LUNA 120 top2 EL 4003468120019 120 2000800 PresenceLight 360 BK 7612748002029 64
1210100 LUNA 121 top2 RC AL 4003468121009 120 2000801 PresenceLight 360 SR 7612748002036 64
1210200 LUNA 121 top2 RC EL 4003468121016 120 2000803 PresenceLight 180 BK 7612748002050 86
244 15.03.2010 15

Index 2010/2011 2000804 … 4969202
2000804 PresenceLight 180 SR 7612748002067 86 2030103 PlanoCentro 101-EBK 7612748002463 82

2010000 compact office 7612748000698 68 2030104 PlanoCentro 101-ESR 7612748002470 82
2010001 compact office DIM 7612748000773 70 2030202 PlanoCentro 101-UWH 7612748002494 82
2010080 compact passimo WH 7612748003354 74 2030203 PlanoCentro 101-UBK 7612748002500 82
2010090 compact passage 7612748001626 72 2030204 PlanoCentro 101-USR 7612748002517 82
2010800 compact office BK 7612748002685 68 2040102 PlanoCentro 000-EWH 7612748003279 82
2010801 compact office SR 7612748002692 68 2040103 PlanoCentro 000-EBK 7612748003286 82
2010803 compact office DIM BK 7612748002715 70 2040104 PlanoCentro 000-ESR 7612748003293 82
2010804 compact office DIM SR 7612748002722 70 2040202 PlanoCentro 000-UWH 7612748003316 82
2010806 compact passage BK 7612748002746 72 2040203 PlanoCentro 000-UBK 7612748003323 82
2010807 compact passage SR 7612748002753 72 2040204 PlanoCentro 000-USR 7612748003330 82
2010809 compact passimo BK 7612748003361 74 2280577 SUD 228 II 4003468228012 226
2010810 compact passimo SR 7612748003378 74 2690008 SYN 269 h 4003468260012 44
2014000 compact office 24V 7612748001039 90 2690033 SYN 269 g 4003468260029 44
2014001 compact office 24V Lux 7612748001121 92 2850008 SUL 285/1 T 4003468285015 48
2014090 compact passage 24V 7612748001725 94 2850033 SUL 285/2 T 4003468285022 48
2014800 compact office 24V BK 7612748002777 90 2890008 SUL 289 h 4003468280089 44
2014801 compact office 24V SR 7612748002784 90 2890033 SUL 289 g 4003468280096 44
2014803 compact office 24V Lux BK 7612748002807 92 3450730 TM 345 B 4003468340103 56
2014804 compact office 24V Lux SR 7612748002814 92 3450731 TM 345 M 4003468340110 56
2014806 compact passage 24V BK 7612748002838 94 3660002 RAMSES 366/1 top 4003468360217 146
2014807 compact passage 24V SR 7612748002845 94 3660052 RAMSES 366/2 top 4003468360293 146
2019200 compact office EIB 7612748000940 192 4000000 LUXOR 400 4003468400005 214
2019280 compact passimo KNX WH 7612748003439 194 4020000 LUXOR 402 4003468402009 214
2019290 compact passage KNX 7612748001732 194 4040000 LUXOR 404 4003468404003 214
2019800 compact office EIB BK 7612748002869 192 4050000 LUXOR 405 4003468405000 216
2019801 compact office EIB SR 7612748002876 192 4080000 LUXOR 408 4003468408001 217
2019803 compact passage KNX BK 7612748002890 194 4090000 LUXOR 409 4003468409008 217
2019804 compact passage KNX SR 7612748002906 194 4110000 LUXOR 411 4003468411001 218
2019809 compact passimo KNX BK 7612748003446 194 4120000 LUXOR 412 4003468412008 218
2019810 compact passimo KNX SR 7612748003453 194 4130000 LUXOR 413 4003468413005 218
2020000 ECO-IR 360A 7612748000483 76 4140000 LUXOR 414 4003468414002 220
2020050 ECO-IR 180A 7612748000476 88 4900251 RMG 8 KNX 4003468490440 172
2020400 ECO-IR 360C NT 7612748000834 78 4900252 RME 8 KNX 4003468490457 172
2020401 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT 7612748000872 80 4900253 JMG 4 24V DC KNX 4003468490587 177
2020806 ECO-IR 360A BK 7612748002081 76 4900254 JME 4 24V DC KNX 4003468490594 177
2020807 ECO-IR 360A SR 7612748002098 76 4900273 HMT 6 KNX 4003468490532 185
2020809 ECO-IR 180A BK 7612748002111 88 4900274 HMT 12 KNX 4003468490549 185
2020810 ECO-IR 180A SR 7612748002128 88 4910204 RMG 4 S KNX 4003468491041 171
2020812 ECO-IR 360C NT BK 7612748002142 78 4910205 RME 4 S KNX 4003468491058 171
2020813 ECO-IR 360C NT SR 7612748002159 78 4910206 RMG 4 C-Load KNX 4003468491065 170
2020815 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT BK 7612748002173 80 4910207 RME 4 C-LoadKNX 4003468491072 170
2020816 ECO-IR DUAL-C NT SR 7612748002180 80 4910210 HMG 4 KNX 4003468491102 184
2024000 ECO-IR 360-24V 7612748000544 96 4910211 HME 4 KNX 4003468491119 184
2024050 ECO-IR 180A-24V 7612748000537 98 4910230 BMG 6 KNX 4003468491300 178
2024800 ECO-IR 360-24V BK 7612748002203 96 4910231 BME 6 KNX 4003468491317 178
2024801 ECO-IR 360-24V SR 7612748002210 96 4910250 JMG 4 S KNX 4003468491508 176
2024803 ECO-IR 180A-24V BK 7612748002234 98 4910251 JME 4 S KNX 4003468491515 176
2024804 ECO-IR 180A-24V SR 7612748002241 98 4910270 DMG 2 S KNX 4003468491706 174
2029200 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB 7612748000612 198 4910271 DME 2 S KNX 4003468491713 174
2029201 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC 7612748000605 198 4910272 DMB 2 S KNX 4003468491720 174
2029250 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC 7612748000599 196 4910273 SMG 2 S KNX 4003468491737 173
2029800 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB BK 7612748002265 198 4910274 SME 2 S KNX 4003468491744 173
2029801 ECO-IR DUAL-EIB SR 7612748002272 198 4920200 FCA 1 KNX 4003468492000 189
2029803 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC BK 7612748002296 198 4930210 RMG 4 I KNX 4003468493083 168
2029804 ECO-IR 360EIB-AC SR 7612748002302 198 4930215 RME 4 I KNX 4003468493090 168
2029809 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC BK 7612748002357 196 4930220 RMG 8 S KNX 4003468493069 172
2029810 ECO-IR 180EIB-AC SR 7612748002364 196 4930225 RME 8 S KNX 4003468493076 172
2030102 PlanoCentro 101-EWH 7612748002456 82 4969202 TA 2 KNX 4003468496022 179
0 15.03.2010
245

4969204 … 9070042 Index 2010/2011
4969204 TA 4 KNX 4003468496046 179 6489201 TR 648 S DCF KNX 4003468648018 204
4969206 TA 6 KNX 4003468496060 179 6490104 EM 4 top2 4003468649008 20
4990003 LUXOR Set 3 4003468499030 221 6490900 EM LAN top2 4003468649015 20
4990004 LUXOR Set 4 4003468499047 221 6850012 TR 685/2 top 4003468685136 26
5009200 OSIRIA 220 AR KNX 4003468500057 210 7010001 RAMSES 701 4003468701140 154
5009211 OSIRIA 230 SR KNX 4003468500088 210 7030001 RAMSES 703 4003468703052 154
5009223 OSIRIA 232 BQ KNX 4003468500293 210 7040001 RAMSES 704 4003468704028 154
5009231 OSIRIA 240 SR KNX 4003468500149 210 7060001 RAMSES 706 4003468706022 154
5009241 OSIRIA 241 BR KNX 4003468500187 210 7080001 RAMSES 708 4003468708026 154
5009251 OSIRIA 242 SR KNX 4003468500200 210 7129200 RAMSES 712 KNX 4003468712009 183
5009252 OSIRIA 251 BQ KNX 4003468500279 210 7139201 RAMSES 713 S KNX 4003468713013 182
5009280 OSIRIA 280 B KNX 4003468500217 210 7139202 RAMSES 713 FC KNX 4003468713020 188
5750014 PHARAO-II 14 (AC) 4003468575093 224 7140002 RAMSES 714 4003468714126 158
5750024 PHARAO-II 24 (AC) 4003468575116 224 7140016 RAMSES 714 A 4003468714133 158
5750210 PHARAO-II 10 (AC) 4003468575185 224 7140017 RAMSES 714 A/FH 4003468714270 158
5759015 PHARAO-II 15 (DC) 4003468575109 224 7150002 SOTHIS 715 4003468715024 164
5759025 PHARAO-II 25 (DC) 4003468575123 224 7160101 AMUN 716 R 4003468716250 162
5759102 PHARAO-II Upgrade 4AR (AC) 4003468575154 224 7169101 AMUN 716 USB 4003468716106 162
5759211 PHARAO-II 11 (DC) 4003468575192 224 7169200 AMUN 716 KNX 4003468716205 187
6009200 ZS 600 DCF KNX 4003468600009 207 7210030 RAMSES 721 4003468721018 150
6080002 TR 608 top 4003468608081 14 7220030 RAMSES 722 4003468722015 150
6100100 TR 610 top2 4003468611814 10 7220801 RAMSES 722 S 4003468722022 148
6100110 TR 610 top2 G 4003468612590 10 7250030 RAMSES 725 4003468725016 150
6104002 TR 610 top 24V 4003468611746 15 7319200 CHEOPS drive KNX 4003468731000 186
6104100 TR 610 top2 24V 4003468613009 10 7329201 CHEOPS control KNX 4003468732014 186
6110100 TR 611 top2 4003468611821 12 7410130 RAMSES 741 4003468741023 156
6110300 TR 611 top2 RC 4003468611838 12 7410131 RAMSES 741 RA 4003468741030 156
6114100 TR 611 top2 24V 4003468613016 12 7460130 RAMSES 746 4003468746028 156
6114300 TR 611 top2 RC 24V 4003468612231 12 7460131 RAMSES 746 RA 4003468746035 156
6120100 TR 612 top2 4003468611845 10 7480130 RAMSES 748 4003468748022 156
6124002 TR 612 top 24V 4003468612484 15 7480131 RAMSES 748 RA 4003468748039 156
6124100 TR 612 top2 24V 4003468613023 10 7510131 RAMSES 751 RA 4003468751008 158
6129201 TR 612 S KNX 4003468611203 206 7709200 RAMSES 770 KNX 4003468770009 181
6220100 TR 622 top2 4003468611852 12 7820030 RAMSES 782 4003468782019 150
6224100 TR 622 top2 24V 4003468613030 12 7820801 RAMSES 782 S 4003468782026 148
6350002 TR 635 top 4003468630556 24 7840030 RAMSES 784 4003468784013 150
6360002 TR 636 top 4003468630563 24 7840801 RAMSES 784 S 4003468784020 148
6410001 TR 641 S 4003468641064 22 8119132 RAMSES 811 top2 4003468811139 136
6410100 TR 641 top2 4003468641088 18 8120132 RAMSES 812 top2 4003468812037 138
6410300 TR 641 top2 RC 4003468641026 18 8139501 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1 4003468813218 140
6410301 TR 641 S DCF 4003468641071 22 8139503 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A 4003468813164 140
6419012 TR 641 S 12V 4003468641040 22 8139505 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S 4003468813188 140
6420001 TR 642 S 4003468642061 22 8249200 VARIA 824 KNX 4003468824009 180
6420100 TR 642 top2 4003468642085 18 8269200 VARIA 826 KNX 4003468826003 180
6420300 TR 642 top2 RC 4003468642023 18 8269201 VARIA 826 KNX 4003468826010 180
6420301 TR 642 S DCF 4003468642078 22 8319132 RAMSES 831 top2 4003468831052 136
6440001 TR 644 S 4003468644164 22 8320132 RAMSES 832 top2 4003468832035 138
6440100 TR 644 top2 4003468644232 18 8339501 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 1 4003468833049 142
6440300 TR 644 top2 RC 4003468644027 18 8339502 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2 4003468833056 142
6440301 TR 644 S DCF 4003468644171 22 8559132 RAMSES 855 top2 OT 4003468855010 144
6448012 TR 644 S 12V 4003468644102 22 9070001 Front panel kit 4003468900109 228
6448024 TR 644 S 24V 4003468644072 22 9070008 Surface-mounted light sensor 4003468900574 235
6448110 TR 644 S 120V 4003468644065 22 9070011 Analogue flush-mounted light sensor 4003468900604 236
6449203 TR 644 S KNX 4003468644188 204 9070041 Cover 55 x 55 for BZ 4003468902004 231
6449204 TR 644 S DCF KNX 4003468644195 204 9070042 Plug-in socket BZ 4003468900697 231
246 15.03.2010 15

Index 2010/2011 9070043 … 9079330
9070043 Clamp BZ 4003468900703 231 9070494 Power unit CO2 sensor 4003468904534 236
9070049 Wall mounting kit 70 mm 4003468900727 230 9070511 Surface frame ECO-IR 180 7612748000735 231
9070050 Wall mounting kit 52,5 mm 4003468900734 230 9070512 Surface frame ECO-IR 360 7612748000728 232
9070053 Wall mounting kit 105 mm 4003468902363 231 9070513 Surface frame PresenceLight 7612748001145 232
9070061 Terminal cover 52,5 mm 4003468900802 228 9070514 Surface frame compact 7612748000711 232
9070064 Wall mounting kit 35 mm 4003468900826 230 9070515 clic 7612748000919 233
9070065 Wall mounting kit 17,5 mm 4003468900833 230 9070516 QuickFix square cover 7612748000575 233
9070071 Snap-on mounting 72 x 72 4003468900895 229 9070517 QuickFix circular cover 7612748000568 233
9070074 Cover 72 x 72 for BZ 4003468900925 231 9070518 QuickFix concrete square cover 7612748000971 232
9070075 Front-kit BZ 142-3 4003468900932 231 9070519 QuickFix concrete circular cover 7612748000964 232
9070165 Memory card OBELISK 4003468901656 230 9070521 QuickFix concrete flush-mount box 7612748000742 233
9070182 Power unit DCF77 4003468901694 229 QuickFix concrete flush-mount
9070522 7612748000551 233
9070191 External temperature sensor 1 4003468901915 237 housing
9070192 External temperature sensor 2 4003468901922 237 9070523 RC filter 7612748001701 232
9070212 Adapter plate RAMSES 714 4003468900796 236 9070524 Bus coupling unit KNX 7612748000629 232
9070223 Memory card OBELISK KNX 16 K 4003468902417 229 9070531 QuickSafe 7612748000582 233
9070230 OBELISK PC set 4003468903001 229 9070532 QuickSet plus 7612748000926 234
9070243 Antenna DCF77 4003468900512 228 9070535 SPHINX corner angle 4003468904398 234
9070245 Adapter RAMSES 72x/78x 4003468902059 236 9070536 SPHINX RC 104 Pro 4003468904404 235
Flush-mounted light sensor LUNA 9070537 SPHINX RC 105 Pro 4003468904411 235
9070247 4003468902882 236
KNX 9070538 SPHINX RC 104 4003468904428 235
9070251 Programming software PHARAO 4003468902844 239 9070539 SPHINX RC 105 4003468904435 235
9070252 Programming cable PHARAO 4003468902851 239 9070601 Central part RAMSES 746 4003468904572 239
9070271 Antenna DCF77 KNX 4003468903056 228 9070602 Central part RAMSES 741/748 4003468904589 238
9070305 OBELISK KNX PC set 4003468903070 229 9070603 Frame RAMSES 74x 4003468904596 238
9070320 Memory card OBELISK KNX 64 K 4003468903315 230 9070605 Socket RAMSES 4003468904657 238
9070321 Temperature sensor 4003468903360 237 9070610 Antenna top2 RC-GPS 4003468903254 228
9070328 Memory module PHARAO-II 4003468903414 239 9070625 LUXA corner angle black 4003468909522 234
9070329 GSM cable PHARAO-II 4003468903483 239 9070626 LUXA corner angle white 4003468909515 234
9070334 Antenna RAMES 813/833 4003468909447 237 9070675 SendoPro 868-A 7612748002524 234
9070364 Power supply KNX 640 mA 4003468903582 208 9070689 Junction casing 115 x 115 x 100 mm 7612748002661 233
9070367 Diode module LUXOR 4003468903605 239 9070690 SendoClic 7612748002678 234
9070371 Flow temperature sensor 4003468903629 237 9070699 Power supply KNX 320 mA 4003468904541 208
9070379 Plunge sensor RAMSES 4003468903711 238 9070701 Power supply KNX 160 mA 4003468904558 208
9070380 Mast mounting weather station 4003468903742 239 9070892 Power unit top2 GPS 4003468904718 229
9070396 GSM modem 4003468903407 237 9079330 Power unit 24 V DC 4003468903520 239
9070397 Interface USB KNX 4003468903995 209
9070398 Line coupler KNX 4003468904008 209
9070404 Memory card OBELISK top2 4003468904053 230
9070409 OBELISK top2 PC set 4003468904015 229
9070410 Antenna top2 RC-DCF 4003468904077 228
9070415 Digital surface-mounted light sensor 4003468904268 236
Analogue surface-mounted light
9070416 4003468904275 236
sensor
9070427 OT-Center RAMSES 4003468904497 237
9070436 Valve adapter VA 78 4003468904220 238
9070437 Valve adapter VA 80 4003468904237 238
9070438 Actuator ALPHA 4 230 V 4003468904244 238
9070439 Actuator ALPHA 4 24 V 4003468904251 238
9070456 Digital flush-mounted light sensor 4003468904343 236
9070459 External temperature sensor IP 65 4003468903810 237
9070480 Adapter plate RAMSES 70x 4003468904299 236
9070486 LUNA star adpater plate 4003468907559 235
0 15.03.2010
247

Discontinued models 2009/2010
Theben device type Art.No. Theben device type Art.No.

Discontinued models Successors
SUD 228 (8 h) 2280575 SUD 228 II 2280577
SUD 228 (9 h) 2280576 SUD 228 II 2280577
PHARAO-II Upgrade 4ED 5759100 no successor –
RAMSES 742 7420130 no successor –
RAMSES 742 RA 7420131 no successor –
RAMSES 811 top 8119032 RAMSES 811 top2 8119132
RAMSES 813 top HF Set 1 8139401 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set 1 8139501
RAMSES 813 top HF Set 2 8139402 RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2 8339502
RAMSES 813 top HF Set A 8139403 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set A 8139503
RAMSES 813 top HF Set 4 8139404 2 x RAMSES 833 top2 HF Set 2 2 x 8339502
RAMSES 813 top HF Set S 8139405 RAMSES 813 top2 HF Set S 8139505
RAMSES 816 top 8169032 RAMSES 855 top2, depending on application also RAMSES 832 top2 possible 8559132, 8320132
RAMSES 817 top 8179032 RAMSES 855 top2, depending on application also RAMSES 832 top2 possible 8559132, 8320132
RAMSES 818 top 6 A 8180035 RAMSES 832 top2 + Floor sensor 8320132 + 9070321
RAMSES 818 top 16 A 8180036 RAMSES 832 top2 (Attention: only 6 A load instead of 16 A) + Floor sensor 8320132 + 9070321
RAMSES 855 top 8559032 RAMSES 855 top2 OT 8559132
RAMSES 855 top + OT-Center 8559901 RAMSES 855 top2 OT + RAMSES OT-Center 8559132 + 9070427
Cover (RAMSES 7..) 9384263 no successor –
TM 171 h 1710008 SYN 151 h 1510011
1610008,
SYN 161 h SYN 161 d 1610011
1610802
1810008,
SUL 181 h 1810802, SUL 181 d 1810011
1810842
MEM 198 h 1980008 SUL 191 w 1910011
SYN 168 h 1680008 SYN 161 d 1610011
TM 178 h 1780008 SYN 151 h 1510011
SUL 188 h 1880008 SUL 181 d 1810011
TR 641 S 6410001 TR 641 top2 6410100
TR 642 S 6420001 TR 642 top2 6420100
TR 644 S 6440001 TR 644 top2 6440100
TR 641 S DCF 6410301 TR 641 top2 RC 6410300
TR 642 S DCF 6420301 TR 642 top2 RC 6420300
TR 644 S DCF 6440301 TR 644 top2 RC 6440300
TR 685/2 top 6850012 TR 685-2 top2 6850102
DMG 2 KNX 4910220 DMG 2 S KNX 4910270
DME 2 KNX 4910221 DME 2 S KNX 4910271
DMB 2 KNX 4910222 DMB 2 S KNX 4910272
SMG 2 KNX 4910223 SMG 2 S KNX 4910273
SME 2 KNX 4910224 SME 2 S KNX 4910274
Power supply 320 mA 9070374 Power supply 320 mA 9070699
SELEKTA 173 DCF 1730001 TR 642 top2 RC 6420100
TR 610 top 24V 9070374 TR 610 top2 24V 6104100
TR 612 top 24V 9070374 TR 612 top2 24V 6124100
15
248
15-15_CATen-2010_Auslaufliste.indd 248 17.03.10 19:10

Theben AG Explanation of definitions
REDUCED TEMPERATURE LAMP LOADS 3 OR 4 WIRE SWITCHING

Reduced room temperature during the night or when unoccu- Energy saving lamps as well as sodium and mercury vapour With staircase light timers the 3 or 4 wire riser can be used
pied, saves energy. Recommended temperature e. g. 16 °C. lamps place a particular stress on the output contacts through for keys or lights from floor to floor.
high switch-on peaks. In isolated cases check whether a cut-
CONNECTION TYPE off relay or cutout is required. PERMISSIBLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Contact type for connecting cables to device. Temperature range that the device can function reliably in,
FULL POWER RESERVE e. g. constant ambient temperature.
ADJUSTABLE OPERATING POINT AND THERMAL If the power reserve is provided by a rechargeable battery
CIRCULATION then the power reserve is only fully available after a certain COUNTING RANGE
charging time.
If room thermostats are unfavourably located, e. g. on external Maximum number of operating hours that can be directly
walls, the device operating point can be changed. Thermal read.
circulation prevents rooms overheating. Adjustments can be CONTACT OPENING WIDTH
made for especially fast or slow reacting heating systems. With switching contacts a distinction is made between a SELV (SAFETY EXTRA-LOW VOLTAGE)
3 mm greater or lesser contact distance.
Voltage that does not exceed 42 V between the wires or
WORKING VOLTAGE between the wires and the earth where the idling voltage
Nominal voltage required for operating device. Safe operation PROGRAM does not exceed 50 V. If SELV is taken from the mains supply
is guaranteed in in a tolerance range of ± 10%. Time-related operational sequence dependent on preset then this must achieved via a safety transformer or a con-
commands. verter with separate winding with insulation that meets the
POWER CONSUMPTION requirements of double or increased insulation.
Power draw required to operate device – without switching PULSE WIDTH MODULATION OR
capacity. HYSTERESIS CONTROLLER PELV (PROTECTIVE EXTRA-LOW VOLTAGE)
Thermostat with pulse width modulation clock cyclically and An earthed electric circuit operated with SELV which is sepa-
SUPPRESSION MEASURES have varied switching periods. The cycle is adjustable. rated from other circuits by basic insulation and protective
Hysteresis controllers switch on if the set hysteresis tempera- sheathing, double insulation or increased insulation.
Despite internal safety measures, unusually strong inter-
ture range is exceeded or not achieved.
ference fields can exceptionally interfere with microprocessor-
controlled timers. Interference can be prevented by taking the
following actions during installation: SWITCHING CAPACITY
• Avoid installing in the immediate vicinity of inductive is the maximum permissible loading of the switching contacts
consumers. in amperes at the nominal voltage with resistive load. The
• Lay separate mains connections and use line filters if details in brackets indicate the permissible inductive load at
necessary cos ϕ 0.6 (e. g. motor load). The AX supplement indicates the
permissible fluorescent lamp load.
• Shield inductive consumer with Varistor or RC link.
SWITCHING PRE-SELECTION
FROST PROTECTION
Time limited manual change to switching period by antici-
Operating mode for room thermostats for protecting the
pating the next switching command. E. g. OFF is manually
heating and water system from frost damage, e. g. +8 °C.
changed to ON until the next successive OFF command in the
time program. The automatic time program then resumes.
POWER RESERVE
In the event of power loss, the timer continues to run for
PROTECTION CLASS
the duration of the power reserve thanks to a built-in power
Devices in Germany have to meet various protection classes
reserve. This removes the need to reset the timer. The power
to satisfy requirements against accidentally touching live
reserve details refer to the new condition and 20 °C ambient
components and against too high non-contact voltage.
temperature. The power reserve does however diminish in
relation to service life and temperature. • Protection class I:
All metal parts that can be touched during operation or
maintenance must be connected to the earth conductor.
MANUAL SWITCH
• Protection class II:
Priority switch switches output to "Permanent ON", "Perma-
The devices are double or triple insulated and do not have
nent OFF" or to "Auto" for automatic time control. "Perm"
an earth connection.
means manual permanent switching of mechanical timers.
• Protection class III:
The devices are designed to be used with safety extra-low Impressum
CHANNELS voltage and have neither internal nor external power Client: Theben AG, Haigerloch
Number of switching outputs/inputs for timers, twilight circuits working on other voltages. Advertising Manager: Klaus Tielmann
switches, controls and actuators.
Productdatabase Manager: Arne Mohl
MEMORY LOCATIONS Realisation: Theben AG, Haigerloch
PROGRESS DISPLAY They are designed to store switching times made up of Design by: Theben AG
Visual function check for mechanical timers. information on the day of week (if necessary date) switching Sources of pictures: Studio Majer, Theben AG
time and switching status.
Print: edigor
EEPROM memory is not temporary storage and retains the
Druck und Medien GmbH
information even without power supply for up to 10 years.
15
249

General conditions Theben AG
General conditions
for the supply of products and services of the electrical and electronics industry (“GL”)*
for commercial transactions between businesses
I. General provisions statutory provisions providing that a remedy period is not 2. The risk shall pass to the Purchaser if dispatch, delivery,
1. Legal relations between Supplier and Purchaser in connec- needed shall be unaffected. The Purchaser shall be obliged to the start or performance of assembly or erection, the taking
tion with supplies and/or services of the Supplier (hereinafter return the Retained Goods. The fact that the Supplier takes over in the Purchaser’s own works, or the trial run is delayed
referred to as “Supplies”) shall be solely governed by the pre- back Retained Goods and/or exercises the retention of title, for reasons for which the Purchaser is responsible or if the
sent GL. The Purchaser’s general terms and conditions shall or has the Retained Goods seized, shall not be construed to Purchaser has otherwise failed to accept the Supplies.
apply only if expressly accepted by the Supplier in writing. constitute a rescission of the contract, unless the Supplier so
The scope of delivery shall be determined by the congruent expressly declares.
VI. Assembly and erection
mutual written declarations.
Unless otherwise agreed in written form, assembly and
2. The Supplier herewith reserves any industrial property IV. Time for supplies; delay erection shall be subject to the following provisions:
rights and/or copyrights pertaining to its cost estimates, dra- 1. Times set for Supplies shall only be binding if all Docu- 1. The Purchaser shall provide at its own expense and in
wings and other documents (hereinafter referred to as “Docu- ments to be furnished by the Purchaser, necessary permits due time:
ments”). The Documents shall not be made accessible to third and approvals, especially concerning plans, are received in
parties without the Supplier’s prior consent and shall, upon a) all earth and construction work and other ancillary work
time and if agreed terms of payment and other obligations of
request, be returned without undue delay to the Supplier if outside the Supplier’s scope, including the necessary skilled
the Purchaser are fulfilled. If these conditions are not fulfilled
the contract is not awarded to the Supplier. Sentences 1 and and unskilled labor, construction materials and tools,
in time, times set shall be extended reasonably; this shall not
2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Purchaser’s Documents; apply if the Supplier is responsible for the delay. b) the equipment and materials necessary for assembly and
these may, however, be made accessible to those third parties commissioning such as scaffolds, lifting equipment and other
2. If non-observance of the times set is due to force majeure
to whom the Supplier has rightfully subcontracted Supplies. devices as well as fuels and lubricants,
such as mobilization, war, rebellion or similar events, e. g.
3. The Purchaser has the non-exclusive right to use standard strike or lockout, such time shall be extended accordingly. c) energy and water at the point of use including connections,
software and firmware, provided that it remains unchanged, is The same shall apply if the Supplier does not receive its own heating and lighting,
used within the agreed performance parameters, and on the supplies in due time or in due form. d) suitable dry and lockable rooms of sufficient size adjacent
agreed equipment. Without express agreement the Purchaser
3. If the Supplier is responsible for the delay (hereinafter to the site for the storage of machine parts, apparatus,
may make one back-up copy of standard software.
referred to as “Delay”) and the Purchaser has demonstrably materials, tools, etc. and adequate working and recreation
4. Partial deliveries are allowed, unless they are unreasonable suffered a loss therefrom, the Purchaser may claim a compen- rooms for the erection personnel, including sanitary facilities
to accept for the Purchaser. sation as liquidated damages of 0.5 % for every completed as are appropriate in the specific circumstances; furthermore,
5. The term „claim for damages” used in the present GL also week of Delay, but in no case more than a total of 5 % of the Purchaser shall take all measures it would take for the
includes claims for indemnification for useless expenditure. the price of that part of the Supplies which due to the Delay protection of its own possessions to protect the possessions
could not be put to the intended use. of the Supplier and of the erection personnel at the site,
e) protective clothing and protective devices needed due to
II. Prices, terms of payment, and set-off
particular conditions prevailing on the specific site.
1. Prices are ex works and excluding packaging; value added 4. Purchaser’s claims for damages due to delayed Supplies as
well as claims for damages in lieu of performance exceeding 2. Before the erection work starts, the Purchaser shall unso-
tax shall be added at the then applicable rate.
the limits specified in No. 3 above are excluded in all cases licitedly make available any information required concerning
2. If the Supplier is also responsible for assembly or erection the location of concealed electric power, gas and water lines
of delayed Supplies, even upon expiry of a time set to the
and unless otherwise agreed, the Purchaser shall pay the or of similar installations as well as the necessary structural
Supplier to effect the Supplies. This shall not apply in cases of
agreed remuneration and any incidental costs required, e. g. data.
mandatory liability based on intent, gross negligence, or due
for traveling and transport as well as allowances.
to loss of life, bodily injury or damage to health. Rescission 3. Prior to assembly or erection, the materials and equipment
3. Payments shall be made free Supplier’s paying office. of the contract by the Purchaser based on statute is limited necessary for the work to start must be available on the site
4. The Purchaser may set off only those claims which are to cases where the Supplier is responsible for the delay. The of assembly or erection and any preparatory work must have
undisputed or nonappealable. above provisions do not imply a change in the burden of advanced to such a degree that assembly or erection can
proof to the detriment of the Purchaser. be started as agreed and carried out without interruption.
5. At the Supplier’s request, the Purchaser shall declare within Access roads and the site of assembly or erection must be
III. Retention of title
a reasonable period of time whether it, due to the delayed level and clear.
1. The items pertaining to the Supplies (“Retained Goods”) Supplies, rescinds the contract or insists on the delivery of 4. If assembly, erection or commissioning is delayed due to
shall remain the Supplier’s property until each and every claim the Supplies. circumstances for which the Supplier is not responsible, the
the Supplier has against the Purchaser on account of the
6. If dispatch or delivery, due to Purchaser’s request, is Purchaser shall bear the reasonable costs incurred for idle
business relationship has been fulfilled. If the combined value
delayed by more than one month after notification of the times and any additional traveling expenditure of the Supplier
of the Supplier’s security interests exceeds the value of all
readiness for dispatch was given, the Purchaser may be or the erection personnel.
secured claims by more than 10 %, the Supplier shall release
charged, for every additional month commenced, storage 5. The Purchaser shall attest to the hours worked by the
a corresponding part of the security interest if so requested by
costs of 0.5 % of the price of the items of the Supplies, but in erection personnel towards the Supplier at weekly intervals
the Purchaser; the Supplier shall be entitled to choose which
no case more than a total of 5 %. The parties to the contract and the Purchaser shall immediately confirm in written form if
security interest it wishes to release.
may prove that higher or, as the case may be, lower storage assembly, erection or commissioning has been completed.
2. For the duration of the retention of title, the Purchaser costs have been incurred.
may not pledge the Retained Goods or use them as security, 6. If, after completion, the Supplier demands acceptance of
and resale shall be possible only for resellers in the ordinary the Supplies, the Purchaser shall comply therewith within a
course of their business and only on condition that the resel- V. Passing of risk period of two weeks. In default thereof, acceptance is deemed
ler receives payment from its customer or makes the transfer to have taken place. Acceptance is also deemed to have been
1. Even where delivery has been agreed freight free, the risk
of property to the customer dependent upon the customer effected if the Supplies are put to use, after completion of an
shall pass to the Purchaser as follows:
fulfilling its obligation to effect payment. agreed test phase, if any.
a) if the Supplies do not include assembly or erection, at
3. The Purchaser shall inform the Supplier forthwith of any the time when the Supplies are shipped or picked up by
seizure or other act of intervention by third parties. the carrier. Upon the Purchaser’s request, the Supplier shall VII. Receiving supplies
4. Where the Purchaser fails to fulfil its duties, fails to make insure the Supplies against the usual risks of transport at the The Purchaser shall not refuse to receive Supplies due to
payment due, or otherwise violates its obligations the Sup- Purchaser’s expense; minor defects.
plier shall be entitled to rescind the contract and take back b) if the Supplies include assembly or erection, at the day of
15 the Retained Goods in the case of continued failure following
expiry of a reasonable remedy period set by the Supplier; the
taking over in the Purchaser’s own works or, if so agreed,
after a fault-free trial run.
250

Theben AG General conditions
VIII. Defects as to quality 10. The Purchaser shall have no claim for damages based on the part of the Supplies which, owing to the impossibility,
The Supplier shall be liable for defects as to quality (“Sach- Defects. This shall not apply to the extent that a Defect has cannot be put to the intended use. This limitation shall not
mängel”, hereinafter referred to as “Defects”,) as follows: been fraudulently concealed, the guaranteed characteristics apply in the case of mandatory liability based on intent, gross
are not complied with, in the case of loss of life, bodily injury negligence or loss of life, bodily injury or damage to health;
1. Defective parts or defective services shall be, at the
or damage to health, restrictions to liberty and/or intentio- this does not imply a change in the burden of proof to the
Supplier’s discretion, repaired, replaced or provided again free
nally or grossly negligent breach of contract on the part of detriment of the Purchaser. The Purchaser’s right to rescind
of charge, provided that the reason for the Defect had already
the Supplier. The above provisions do not imply a change in the contract shall be unaffected.
existed at the time when the risk passed.
the burden of proof to the detriment of the Purchaser. Any 2. Where unforeseeable events within the meaning of Article
2. Claims for repair or replacement are subject to a statute other or additional claims of the Purchaser exceeding the IV No. 2 substantially change the economic importance or the
of limitations of 12 months calculated from the start of the claims provided for in this Article VIII, based on a Defect, are contents of the Supplies or considerably affect the Supplier’s
statutory statute of limitations; the same shall apply mutatis excluded. business, the contract shall be adapted taking into account
mutandis in the case of rescission and reduction. This shall
the principles of reasonableness and good faith. To the extent
not apply where longer periods are prescribed by law accor-
IX. Indusrial property rights and copyright; defects this is not justifiable for economic reasons, the Supplier shall
ding to Sec. 438 para. 1 No. 2 (buildings and things used
in title have the right to rescind the contract. If the Supplier intends
for a building), Sec. 479 para. 1 (right of recourse), and Sec.
to exercise its right to rescind the contract, it shall notify the
634a para. 1 No. 2 (defects of a building) German Civil Code 1. Unless otherwise agreed, the Supplier shall provide the
Purchaser thereof without undue delay after having realized
(“BGB”), in the case of intent, fraudulent concealment of the Supplies free from third parties’ industrial property rights
the repercussions of the event; this shall also apply even
Defect or non-compliance with guaranteed characteristics and copyrights (hereinafter referred to as “IPR”) with respect
where an extension of the delivery period has previously been
(Beschaffenheitsgarantie). The legal provisions regarding to the country of the place of delivery only. If a third party
agreed with the Purchaser.
suspension of the statute of limitations (“Ablaufhemmung”, asserts a justified claim against the Purchaser based on an
“Hemmung”) and recommencement of limitation periods infringement of an IPR by the Supplies made by the Supplier
shall be unaffected. and used in conformity with the contract, the Supplier shall XI. Other claims for damages; statute of limitations
3. Notifications of Defect by the Purchaser shall be given in be liable to the Purchaser within the time period stipulated in 1. The Purchaser has no claim for damages based on whate-
written form without undue delay. Article VIII No. 2 as follows: ver legal reason, including infringement of duties arising in
4. In the case of notification of a Defect, the Purchaser may a) The Supplier shall choose whether to acquire, at its own connection with the contract or tort.
withhold payments to an amount that is in a reasonable pro- expense, the right to use the IPR with respect to the Supplies 2. The above shall not apply in the case of mandatory liability,
portion to the Defect. The Purchaser, however, may withhold concerned or whether to modify the Supplies such that they e. g. under the German Product Liability Act (“Produkthaf-
payments only if the subject-matter of the notification of the no longer infringe the IPR or replace them. If this would be tungsgesetz”), in the case of intent, gross negligence, loss
Defect involved is justified and incontestable. The Purchaser impossible for the Supplier under reasonable conditions, the of life, bodily injury or damage to health, or breach of a condi-
has no right to withhold payments to the extent that its claim Purchaser may rescind the contract or reduce the remunerati- tion which goes to the root of the contract (“wesentliche
of a Defect is time-barred. Unjustified notifications of Defect on pursuant to the applicable statutory provisions. Vertragspflichten”). However, claims for damages arising from
shall entitle the Supplier to demand reimbursement of its b) The Supplier’s liability to pay damages is governed by a breach of a condition which goes to the root of the contract
expenses by the Purchaser. Article XI. shall be limited to the foreseeable damage which is intrinsic
5. The Supplier shall be given the opportunity to repair or c) The above obligations of the Supplier shall apply only if the to the contract, unless caused by intent or gross negligence
to replace the defective good (“Nacherfüllung”) within a Purchaser (i) immediately notifies the Supplier of any such or based on liability for loss of life, bodily injury or damage to
reasonable period of time. claim asserted by the third party in written form, (ii) does health. The above provision does not imply a change in the
not concede the existence of an infringement and (iii) leaves burden of proof to the detriment of the Purchaser.
6. If repair or replacement is unsuccessful, the Purchaser is
entitled to rescind the contract or reduce the remuneration; any protective measures and settlement negotiations to the 3. To the extent that the Purchaser has a claim for damages,
any claims for damages the Purchaser may have according to Supplier’s discretion. If the Purchaser stops using the Supplies it shall be timebarred upon expiration of the statute of
No. 10 shall be unaffected. in order to reduce the damage or for other good reason, it limitations pursuant to Article VIII No. 2. The same shall
shall be obliged to point out to the third party that no ack- apply to the Purchauser’s claims in connection with actions
7. There shall be no claims based on Defect in cases of
nowledgement of the alleged infringement may be inferred undertaken to avoid any damage (e. g. callback). In the case
insignificant deviations from the agreed quality, of only minor
from the fact that the use has been discontinued. of claims for damages under the German Product Liability Act,
impairment of usability, of natural wear and tear, or damage
2. Claims of the Purchaser shall be excluded if it is responsib- the statutory statute of limitations shall apply.
arising after the passing of risk from faulty or negligent
handling, excessive strain, unsuitable equipment, defective le for the infringement of an IPR.
civil works, inappropriate foundation soil, or claims based on 3. Claims of the Purchaser are also excluded if the infrin- XII. Venue and applicable law
particular external influences not assumed under the contract, gement of the IPR is caused by specifications made by the 1. If the Purchaser is a businessman, sole venue for all dispu-
or from non-reproducible software errors. Claims based Purchaser, by a type of use not foreseeable by the Supplier tes arising directly or indirectly out of the contract shall be the
on defects attributable to improper modifications or repair or by the Supplies being modified by the Purchaser or being Supplier’s place of business. However, the Supplier may also
work carried out by the Purchaser or third parties and the used together with products not provided by the Supplier. bring an action at the Purchaser’s place of business.
consequences thereof are likewise excluded. 4. In addition, with respect to claims by the Purchaser pursu- 2. Legal relations existing in connection with this contract
8. The Purchaser shall have no claim with respect to expenses ant to No. 1 a) above, Article VIII Nos. 4, 5, and 9 shall apply shall be governed by German substantive law, to the exclu-
incurred in the course of supplementary performance, mutatis mutandis in the event of an infringement of an IPR. sion of the United Nations Convention on contracts for the
including costs of travel, transport, labor, and material, to 5. Where other defects in title occur, Article VIII shall apply International Sale of Goods (CISG).
the extent that expenses are increased because the subject- mutatis mutandis.
matter of the Supplies has subsequently been brought to
6. Any other claims of the Purchaser against the Supplier or
another location than the Purchaser’s branch office, unless XIII. Severability clause
its agents or any such claims exceeding the claims provided
doing so complies with the normal use of the Supplies. The legal invalidity of one or more provisions of this
for in this Article IX, based on a defect in title, are excluded.
9. The Purchaser’s right of recourse against the Supplier pur- Agreement in no way affects the validity of the remaining
suant to Sec. 478 BGB is limited to cases where the Purchaser provisions. This shall not apply if it would be unreasonable for
has not concluded an agreement with its customers excee- X. Impossiblity of performance; adaption of contract one of the parties to be obligated to continue the contract.
ding the scope of the statutory provisions governing claims 1. To the extent that delivery is impossible, the Purchaser is
based on Defects. Moreover, No. 8 above shall apply mutatis entitled to claim damages, unless the Supplier is not respon-
mutandis to the scope of the right of recourse the Purchaser sible for the impossibility. The Purchaser’s claim for damages
has against the Supplier pursuant to Sec. 478 para. 2 BGB. is, however, limited to an amount of 10 % of the value of 15
– as of June 2005 –
251

Theben AG worlwide
Group companies – Agencies Theben AG
HEADQUARTERS WORLDWIDE AGENCIES CYPRUS Elektroprofi Kereskedelmi KFT

PAMBOS NICOLAOU & SON LTD. Albertirsai ut 3
ARGENTINA 38 Strovolos Street Tseri 1101 Budapest
HERTIG SA. 2480 Nicosia Phone +36 1 4606140
Theben AG Bolivar 1335 Phone +35 22 38 03 77 Fax +36 1 4606141
Hohenbergstr. 32 C1141AAD Ciudad de Buenos Aires Fax +35 22 38 33 68 info@elektroprofi.hu
D-72401 Haigerloch Phone +54-11-43617136 nicha@cytanet.com.cy www.elektroprofi.hu
Postfach 56 Fax +54-11-43003372
D-72394 Haigerloch ventas@hertig.com.ar CZECH REPUBLIC ICELAND
Phone +49 74 74/6 92-0 www.hertig.com.ar ELEKTRO SYSTEM TECHNIK spol. s.r.o. REYKJAFELL LTD.
Fax +49 74 74/6 92-15 0 Pod Pekarnami 338/12 Skipholti 35
info@theben.de AUSTRALIA 19000 Praha 9 – Vysocany 105 Reykjavik
www.theben.de OMEGA POWER EQUIPMENT P/L Phone +420 266 090711 Phone +354 1 5886010
47 Bennet Street Fax +420 266 090717 Fax +354 1 5886088
Dandenong Victoria 3175 est@est-praha.cz reykjafell@reykjafell.is
THEBEN GROUP COMPANIES Phone +61 3 9793 6111 www.est-praha.cz www.reykjafell.is
Fax +61 3 9792 4509
sales@omega.com.au DENMARK INDIA
www.omegapower.com.au GYCOM DANMARK A/S INDO ASIAN MARKETING LTD.
Theilgaards Torv 1 B 200 Phase II
Timeguard Ltd AUSTRIA 4600 Køge Noida 201 305 U. P
Victory Park SIBLIK ELEKTRIK GmbH & CO. KG Phone +45 56 26 66 35 Phone +91 120 304 2222
400 Edgeware Road Murbangasse 6 Fax +45 56 26 77 78 Fax +91 120 256 3442
London NW2 6ND 1100 Wien sales.dk@gycom.com sales@indoasian.com
Phone +44 208 4508944 Phone +43 1 680060 www.gycom.com www.indoasian.com
Fax +44 208 4525143 Fax +43 1 68006543
csc@timeguard.com info@siblik.com EGYPT INDONESIA
www.timeguard.com www.siblik.at MOUNADELCO ENGINEERING & P. T. GUNA ERA DISTRIBUSI
TRADING CO Jl Rawa Gelam II No. 8
BELGIUM 241, El Hegaz Street Flat 8 Jakarta Timur 13930
TEMPOLEC SA. Heliopolis, Cairo Phone +62 21 46825050
49, Route de Biesme Phone +20 2 2451631 Fax +62 21 46824758
THEBEN S.A.R.L. 6530 Thuin Fax +20 2 6383497 C-Service@GED-GAE.co.id
Zone Industrielle des Vignes Phone +32 71 590039 mounadelco@hotmail.com www.gae.co.id
32–38 rue Bernard Fax +32 71 590161
93012 Bobigny cédex info@tempolec.be ESTONIA IRAN
Phone +33 1 49159700 www.tempolec.be VALLIN BALTIC AS S.G. RIAZI TRADING
Fax +33 1 48445761 Mäepealse 2 P.O. Box 14185/599
theben@theben.fr BULGARIA 12618 Tallinn No. 4, Bld. 12, Parastoo St., Valiasr Ave.
www.theben.fr SENO SOFIA LTD. Phone +372 6593200 Tehran
26, Nikolay Palauzov St. Fax +372 6593201 Phone +98 21 88890340
5300 Gabrovo info@vallin.ee Fax +98 21 88918159
Phone +359 66 80 00 71 www.vallinbaltic.com info@sgrtrading.net
Fax +359 66 80 00 72 www.sgrtrading.net
Theben HTS AG seno@senosofia.com FINLAND
Im Langhag 11 www.senosofia.com GYCOM FINLAND OY IRELAND
8307 Effretikon P.O. Box 62 PEWL GROUP
Phone +41 52 355 1700 CANADA Pakkalantie 30 A Unit 6 Northwest Business Park
Fax +41 52 355 1701 DAVIS CONTROLS LIMITED 1531 Vantaa Blanchardstown, Dublin 15
info@theben-hts.ch 2200 Bristol Circle Phone +358 9 25252100 Phone +353 1 8610040
www.theben-hts.ch Oakville Ontario L6H 5R3 Fax +358 9 25252177 Fax +353 1 8853998
Phone +1 905 8292000 etunimi.sukunimi@gycom.com info@pewl.ie
Fax +1 905 8292630 www.gycom.com www.pewl.ie
info@daviscontrols.com
www.daviscontrols.com GREECE ISRAEL
THEBEN S.R.L. CONSTANTACATOS BROTHERS SA. GALOZ ELECTRONICS LTD.
Via Simone de Gatti, 3 CHILE 17 Km Ethnikis Athinon – Lamias P. O. Box 35
20091 Bresso SCHARFSTEIN SA 145-64 Kifissia Rosh Ha’ayin 40850
Phone +39 02 66505083 Av. Sta. Maria 0510 Phone +30 210 6252001 Galoz Building
Fax +39 02 66505397 Providencia, Santiago Fax +30 210 6252012 15, Hameretz Street
info@theben.it Phone +56 2 550 0000 sales@akbros.gr Rosh Ha’ayin 48017
www.theben.it Fax +56 2 550 1000 www.akbros.gr Phone +972 3 9023456
scharfstein@scharfstein.cl Fax +972 3 9021990
www.scharfstein.cl HUNGARY sales@galoz.co.il
KAMLEITHNER KFT Budapest www.galoz.co.il
CHINA/HONG KONG Rákóczi Ferenc ‘tu 189
Theben AG JEBSEN & CO. LTD. 1214 Budapest JORDAN
Jewelry Trade Center 919/341 Floor 27 China Trade Division Phone +36 1 4253288 NOOR ALA NOOR EST.
(Building No. 1, North) 30/F. Lee Gardens Two Fax +36 1 4253288 214 Gardens Street
Silom Road, Silom Bangrak 28 Yun Pin Road info@theben.hu Amman
10500 Bangkok Thailand HK Causeway Bay www.theben.hu Phone +962 65561801
Phone +66 2 63 00 530 Phone +852 2923 8765 Fax +962 799668393
Fax +66 2 63 00 540 Fax +852 2882 2017 hothyfa@nooralanoor.net
Mobil +66 81 700 2500 raymondchiu@jebsen.com
bernd.dluzak@theben-asia.com www.jebsen.com
www.theben.de
15
252

Theben AG worldwide
Theben AG Group companies – Agencies
KOREA NORWAY SERBIA THAILAND

MEC MAHANI ELECTRIC Co., LTD GYCOM NORGE AS SOBEL D.O.O TECHNOLOGY INSTRUMENTS CO. LTD
792-7, Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Gjerdums vei 16 Miska Jovanovica 9 208/132-137 Pattanakarn Rd.,
Seoul 135-080, Korea 0484 Oslo 11000 Belgrad Pravet, Bangkok 10250
Phone +82 2 2194 3300 Phone +47 22 64 55 25 Phone +381 11 3087-507 Phone +662 722 2233
Fax +82 2 2194 3397 Fax +47 22 64 55 26 Fax +381 11 3087-064 Fax +662 722 3047
yskim@hanmec.co.kr gycom.no@gycom.com office@sobel.co.yu ttic@inet.co.th
www.hanmec.co.kr www.gycom.com www.sobel.co.yu www.tic.co.th
LEBANON OMAN SINGAPORE TUNESIA

EST. GARABED AYANIAN & SONS STARS LIGHT L.L.C. ITE ELECTRIC SYSTEMS CO PTE. LTD. ABEL AFRIQUE
P. O. Box 175-214 P.O. Box 2822 1 Harrison Road #01-01, Zone Industrielle "Morize"
176 Gouraud Avenue 112 Ruwi ITE Electric Building TN 2090 MORNAG
Beirut Phone +968 697025 Singapore 369652 Phone +216 79350955
Phone +961 1 447940 or 445096 Fax +968 600217 Phone +65 6 285 2233 Fax +216 79350986
Fax +961 1 582357 starmail@omantel.net.om Fax +65 6 284 3452 tfe.abelafrique@topnet.tn
gasons@dm.net.lb cseng@ite.com.sg www.abeleclairage.com
PHILIPPINES www.ite.com.sg
LATVIA AVESCO MARKETING CORPORATION TURKEY
VALLIN BALTIC SIA 810 Aurora Blvd., corner Yale St. SLOVENIA GÖKHAN ELEKTRIK
Maskavas str 322 1109 Cubao, Quezon City OKO tech d.o.o. Perpa Elektrokent Is Merkezi
1063 Riga Phone +63 2 9128881 Ul. Mileve Zakrajskove 9 A Blok K.8 No. 692-694
Phone +371 6718 7204 Fax +63 2 9122911/9122999 2000 Maribor Okmeydaný/Ýstanbul
Fax +371 6718 7205 avesco@avesco.bayandsl.ph Phone +386 22509333 Phone +90 212 221 32 36
info@vallin.lv www.avesco.com.ph Fax +386 22509335 Fax +90 212 221 32 40
www.vallinbaltic.com okotech@siol.net ufuk@gokhanelektrik.com.tr
POLAND www.gokhanelektrik.com.tr
LITHUANIA PPUH EL-TEAM SOUTH AFRICA
VALLIN BALTIC UAB al. Mlodych 26–28 SUPARULE SA (PTY) LTD.
Seimyniskiu str. 5A 41-106 Siemianowice Units 1.26. Simba Street UKRAINE
09312 Vilnius Phone +48 322 2043628 Sebenza, Edenvale KVK-Electro, Ltd.
Phone +370 5272 8893 Fax +48 322 200005 Phone +27-(0)11-4529800 43 Kikvidze Str.
Fax +370 5272 8843 el-team@el-team.com.pl Fax +27-(0)11- 4529828 01103 Kyiv
info@vallin.lt www.el-team.com.pl steve@suparule.co.za Phone +380 44 4962883
www.vallinbaltic.com www.suparule.co.za Fax +380 44 4962885
PORTUGAL info@kvk.kiev.ua
MALAYSIA DNL-DUARTE NEVES, L.DA SPAIN www.kvk-elektro.com.ua
ELECTECH DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS Rua D do Núcleo Empresarial GUIJARRO HERMANOS SL.
SDN. BHD. de Venda do Pinheiro Poligono Industrial “Virgen de butarque“ UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
16–1, Jalan 6/89 B, Quinta dos Estrangeiros, PAVIHAO 78 Isaac Peral, 6 BIN HAM ELECTROMECH. EST.
Kawasan Perindustrian Trisegi, 2665-601 Venda do Pinheiro 28914 Leganes (Madrid) P. O. Box 4301
Batu 3 1/2, Off Jalan Sungei Besi Phone +351 219 668100 Phone +34 91 6870022 Dubai
57100 Kuala Lumpur Fax +351 219 668109 Fax +34 91 6876616 Phone +971 4 6742273939
Phone +60 3 7981 8950 info@duarteneves.pt theben@guijarro-hnos.es Fax +971 4 2217619
Fax +60 3 7981 8953 www.duarteneves.pt www.guijarro-hnos.es bheet@emirates.net.ae
info@edsm.com.my
www.edsm.com.my RUSSIA SWEDEN URUGUAY
MARBEL GYCOM SVENSKA AB BERON S.A.
MONTENEGRO Rizhsky passage 13 Box 1203 Av. Gral. San Martin 2761 esq. Burgues
Rarovac Komerc Podgorica 129626 Moscow Stockholmsvägen 116 Montevideo
Bracana Bracanovica 6 Phone + 7 495 7379887 18312 Täby Phone +598 2 2002862
81000 Podgorica sales-msk@marbel.ru Phone +46 8 56201100 Fax +598 2 2002862
Phone +38 1 81609091 www.marbel.ru Fax +46 8 7920654 beron@beron.com.uy
Fax +38 1 81609091 info@gycom.se www.beron.com.uy
rarovackomerc@cg.yu Bolshoi Sampsonievsky 32 www.gycom.com
194044 St. Petersburg USA
MOROCCO Phone + 7 812 3242777 SYRIA LUMENITE ELECTRONIC CO.
GENERAL TECHNICS sales-spb@marbel.ru BOUZO ERB 2331 North 17th. Av.
22 Rue Rahal Ben Ahmed www.marbel.ru Trading-Consulting Franklin Park, Illinois 60131-3475
(Ex. Rue Dinant) P.O.Box 33175 Phone +1 847 4551450
Casablanca SAUDI ARABIA Damascus Fax +1 847 4550127
Phone +212 22 245877 ANWAR AL-WESSAM EST. Phone +963 11 3311306 customerservice@lumenite.com
Fax +212 22 243716 P. O. Box 23521 Fax +963 11 3339898 www.lumenite.com
genetech@menara.ma Gurabi Bin Shaihon Center bouzo_f@z&.com
Riyadh 11436 VIETNAM
NETHERLANDS P.O. Box 23521 TAIWAN RUDOLF LIETZ, INC.
DURINCK B.V. Phone +966 1 4055942 CANAAN ELECTRIC CORP. Representative Office Vietnam
Mijlweg 57 Fax +966 1 4051631 P. O. 6F5 162 Pasteur Street
3316 BE Dordrecht info@al-wessam.com No. 63 Sec 2 Chang An East Rd. District 1, Ho Chi Minh City
Phone +31 78 617 84 19 www.al-wessam.com Taipei 104 Phone +84 8 382 95 215
Fax +31 78 618 25 94 Phone +886 2 25082331 Fax +84 8 382 44 550
durinck@durinck.nl Fax +886 2 25084744 theben@lietz.com.vn
www.durinck.nl canaano@ms15.hinet.net
www.canaan-elec.com.tw
15
253

Theben AG worlwide
Agencies and KNX partners Theben AG
AGENCIES PARTNERS
INDIA LUXEMBOURG
BEL LIGHTING MARCO ZENNER
(DIVISION OF BHAVANA 4, rue de la Foret
LIGHTING PVT LTD.) 8065 Bertrange
10, Rose Blossom, 18, 18/A, Phone +352 44 15 44 1
Sitladevi Temple Road Fax +352 45 57 73
Mahim, Mumbai – 400 016 contact@zenner.lu
Phone +91 22 2444 4441 www.zenner.lu
Fax +91 22 2444 3626
sales@bellighting.net NORWAY
www.bellighting.net STORK
Brynsveien 100
NORWAY 1352 Kolsas
STORK Phone +47 67 17 64 00
Brynsveien 100 Fax +47 67 17 64 01
1352 Kolsas stork@stork.no
Phone +47 67 17 64 00 www.stork.no
Fax +47 67 17 64 01
stork@stork.no UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
www.stork.no EuroSmarTech L.L.C.
P.O.Box 25
Dubai
U.A.E.
Phone +971 4 3390000 ext. 159
Fax +971 4 3395544
aalamin@alyousuf.com
THAILAND
iBuilt AUTOMATION CO., LTD.
44/78–79 M.8 Ramintra 63/1 Rd
Ta-rang, Bangkhen, Bangkok 10230
Phone +66 2946 52012
Fax +66 2946 5200
patomporn@ibuilt.co.th
TURKEY
OSKAR ELEKTRIK SAN TIC LTD. STI.
Karman Ciftilik Yolu
Kurucular Sitesi
Saadept Apte. 44/18
34752 Icerenköy-Ýstanbul
Phone +90 216 575 37 31
Fax +90 216 577 04 85
omural@oskarelektrik.net
CETINLER ELEKTRIK
Sureyyapaþa Cad. No: 22
34893 Pendik/Ýstanbul
Phone +90 216 390 87 96
Fax +90 216 390 28 38
cetinler@cetinler.com.tr
www.cetinler.com.tr
15
254

Advertising material order
Theben AG Free of charge
Further detailed information is available on request free of charge!
FAX +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-19 9

or local office see pages 252–254
Theben General catalogue 2010 Leaflet „Movement detectors”
Product catalogue „TIME” Leaflet „Small control units PHARAO-II”
Product catalogue „LIGHT” Leaflet „Living comfort control units LUXOR”
Product catalogue „CLIMATE” Leaflet „Theben – everywhere at home”
Product catalogue „KNX building system Leaflet „12 useful energy saving tips”
engineering”
Leaflet „ENERGY SAVING IDEAS”
Leaflet „Presence detectors”
Under www.theben.de you can find the leaflets above as pdf-files.
In addition, you can find downloads on the Internet at:

• Texts for tenders
• Operating instructions
• Databases
• KNX-manuals
• KNX-databases
• OBELISK-software
• Supplementary lists for units not in the current range
• Certificates
Sender
Company _______________________________ Contacts _________________________

_______________________________________ _______________________________________
Street _________________________________ Post code/Location _______________________
Phone ________________________________ Mobile ____________________________
Fax _________________________________ E-mail _________________________________
Trade Industry Wholesale

Please put me in contact with one of your technical advisors.
Theben AG, Hohenbergstraße 32, 72401 Haigerloch, www.theben.de, Phone +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-0, Fax +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-150
15
255

english
Catalogue
2010/2011
SYSTEMS FOR
TIME, LIGHT, CLIMATE
We reserve the right to make technical modifications and improvements.
Catalogue 2010/2011
Theben AG
Hohenbergstraße 32, 72401 Haigerloch, GERMANY
1010
Postfach 56, 72394 Haigerloch, GERMANY

Phone +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-0
9900600
Fax +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-150

info@theben.de, www.theben.de
00-10_CATen-2010_Umschlag.indd 1 15.03.10 08:31

Theben en Catalog 2010

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Theben en Catalog 2010

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

english

We reserve the right to make technical modifications and improvements.

Postfach 56, 72394 Haigerloch, GERMANY

Fax +49 (0) 74 74/6 92-150

00-10_CATen-2010_Umschlag.indd 1 15.03.10 08:31

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 2 17.03.10 18:18

■ 230 V – Indoor use

SYSTEMS LUXOR ■ 230 V – Living comfort control 12

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 3 17.03.10 18:18

Dear customers and partners

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 4 17.03.10 18:18

THEBEN AG – SYSTEMS FOR TIME, LIGHT

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 5 17.03.10 18:19

We are here to help you!

WHOLESALER MARKET PHONE-HOTLINE REPAIR SERVICE

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 6 17.03.10 18:19

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TENDERS TRADE FAIRS

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 7 17.03.10 18:19

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 8 17.03.10 18:19

Weekly program, 54 – ✓ – Spring terminals SELEKTA 170 top2 16

DIN rail, 1 module

DIN rail, 3 modules

Wall installation/3-point mounting

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 9 17.03.10 18:20

TR 610 top2 TR 612 top2

Common functions ■ Switching preselection TR 610 top2 G

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 10 17.03.10 18:20

TR 610 top2 TR 612 top2

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 11 17.03.10 18:20

TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 RC TR 622 top2

Common functions ■ Switching preselection TR 611 top2 RC

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 12 17.03.10 18:20

TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 TR 622 top2

TR 611 top2 TR 611 top2 RC TR 622 top2

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 13 17.03.10 18:20

■ Digital time switch with weekly ■ ON-OFF switching times

Operating voltage 230 V AC Incandescent/halogen lamps 1000 W

Accessories Connection example

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 14 17.03.10 18:20

■ Digital time switch with weekly TR 610 top 120V/24V

Program Number of Memory Program- Operating voltage Type Article number

TR 610 top 120V/24 V TR 612 top 120V/24V

Accessories Connection example

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 15 17.03.10 18:20

SELEKTA 170 top2 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC SELEKTA 172 top2

Common functions ■ Integrated operating hour counter ■ 84 memory locations

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 16 17.03.10 18:20

SELEKTA 170 top2 SELEKTA 171 top2 RC SELEKTA 172 top2

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 17 17.03.10 18:20

TR 641 top2 TR 642 top2 RC TR 644 top2

Common functions ■ Permanent ON/OFF switching ■ Extension module can be connected

Quartz – 110-240 V AC TR 641 top2 6410100*

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 18 17.03.10 18:20

TR 641 top2 TR 642 top2 TR 644 top2

TR 641 top2 RC TR 642 top2 RC TR 644 top2 RC

Ext1 Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 Data

Catalogue_EN_2010.indb 19 17.03.10 18:20

EM 4 top2 EM LAN top2

Type Article number

Accessories Connection example

Front panel mounting kit Additional accessories EM 4 top2 EM LAN top2

01-10_CATen-2010_Zeit_digital.indd 20 17.03.10 19:05

■ Astronomical time switch with yearly ■ Calculated astronomical switching times

SELEKTA 173 DCF